Home

IMS1000 Installation and User Manual

1. or simply run Is la data on the unit if you can access it When this issue occurs dims and kdms folders do not show their symbolic link to doremi dims and doremi kdms or some folders are missing and showing instead root IMS1000 Is la data total 8 drwxr xr x 8 root root 110 Nov 15 06 25 drwxr xr x 23 root root 4096 Jan 15 2013 drwxr xr x 4root root 92 Nov 14 14 19 assets drwxr xr x 2 root root 6 Nov 12 20 02 dims drwxrwxr x 3 ingest users 32 Nov 14 14 09 incoming drwxr xr x 1 root root 12 Nov 14 14 09 kdms drwxr xr x 2 root root 4096 Nov 14 14 27 maps drwxr xr x 2 root root 6 Nov 14 14 08 playlists drwxr xr x 4 root root 36 Nov 14 14 08 repository drwxrwxrwt 2 root root 44 Nov 14 14 27 tmp root ims1000 1 Is la data IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 281 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs total 56 drwxr xr x 11 root root 4096 Apr 23 07 13 assets Irwxrwxrwx 1 root root 12 Oct19 2012 dims gt doremi dims drwxrwxr x 3 ingest users 32 Oct 19 2012 incoming Irwxrwxrwx 1 root root 12 Oct 19 2012 kdms gt doremi kdms drwxr xr x 3 root root 32768 Apr 23 07 14 maps drwxr xr x 2 root root 6Oct19 2012 playlists drwxr xr x 4 root root 36 Oct 19 2012 repository The following is a correct example of Is la data output for reference root IMS1000 Is la data total 8 drwxr xr x 8 root root 110 Nov 15 06 25 drwxr xr x 23 root root 4096 Jan 15 2013 drwxr xr x 4 root root 92 Nov 14 14 19 assets Ir
2. 17 Troubleshooting Guide This section lists troubleshooting issues their descriptions and identifications and the solution to the issue To identify errors the following files are useful e kern log The kernel log provides a detailed log of messages from the Linux kernel These messages may prove useful for trouble shooting as it shows information regarding software and its interaction with hardware e kreport log x This is a text file that is a snap shot of commands executed for diagnostics This particular log is generated just before every shutdown The x is replaced with a numerical value to show the difference between shutdowns Example kreport log 1 is from the previous shutdown and kreport log 2 is from the shutdown previous to last shutdown Information here is very similar to the information in drmreport txt e odetics log A log that shows playbacks noted as ASRUN s Can show frame specific issues in regards to underflows decoder crashes and can help with checking KDM validity 17 1 RAID Not Seen At Boot 17 1 1 Description Content is missing in Cinelister after reboot or power cycle In Monitoring Diagnostics Storage the data and opt status indicators will be red and the storage details will be unknown 17 1 2 Identification If the report was taken during the issue look at Ispci in drmreport txt If the report was taken after a reboot look at lspci in doremi log kreport log x Kreport log bei
3. BRIDESMAIDS TLR 1_F EN US GB EI 2K UP 20110201_UDS DEFIANCE_TLR 1_F _EN XX_US GB 51 2K PC 20080115 DELUXE IMS OM 002949 DRM Start Time Elements Figure 253 Main SPL Page 207 of 320 Doremi Labs MONITORING LOGOUT IMS1000 2 6 4 0 admin SuperUser Version 1 7 e Select the CPL to attach the Intermission SPL to and click the Plus button In the drop down that appears select Intermission Figure 254 j 0 re II Serial Number 332132 Editor OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING create Quick Access Links All available e A R 5 mw 2 d z e Refresh New Open Save gt Properties gt Delete Screen IMS1000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 User Level admin SuperUser LOGOUT Plus Button all elements H e SPL Main SPL 2D Black 3D 48 Policy SREE 00 00 05 ts Showplaylist Kei SPL 00 05 12 Trailers 00 05 17 Trailer 00 07 03 127 Hours TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K TCF 20100823 TDC wees AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D_TLR 1_S_EN XX_US GB_61_2K_SPE_201 00 11 57 BRIDESMAIDS _TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB 51_2K UP_20110201_UDS DEFIANCE_TLR 1_F _EN XX_US GB 51 2K PC 20080115 DELUXE Preshow Black Feature_Presentation E Segment P Black ze om intermission 127 Hours_TLR A F PO US GB 51 2K TCF 20100823 TDC Marker AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB_51 2K SPE BRIDESMAIDS TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K UP 2011020 DEFIANCE_TLR 1_F_EN XX US GB Si 2
4. M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Ga Ai A New oe Delete create Quick Access Links IP z Device Type JNior Projector Address e ege Mer e UINA JNior Server IP Port 9200 Username jnior Figure 131 JNior Added 12 3 4 1 Removing a JNior Device e To remove the JNior device click on it in the Device Manager GUI e Click the Delete button Figure 129 12 3 5 Adding a Raw Device A Raw device allows for communication with an external device across an Ethernet connection using Raw data formatted as text or binary strings e To add a Raw device click the New button e The New Device drop down menu will appear Select Raw Figure 132 e The Device Manager GUI will be updated to reflect the addition of the Raw device Figure 132 e Input the name of the Raw device in the Identifier field IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 120 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs create Quick Access Links Projector C tainty New Button JNior IMS1000 d j 0 re Mm Serial Number 332132 G New CH Delete Screen IMS1000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 User Level admin SuperUser ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Device Type Raw identifier Raw Vendor Unknown Product Name Unknown Device IP Protocot tcp Port 0 Delete Button Figure 132 Device Manager GUI Raw Device Configura
5. 13 11 2 3 2 HDSDI Color Space Settings e HDSDI Input Color Space Click on the arrow on the drop down menu and select the desired color space standards from the list o YCbCr709 o RGB709 o YCxCz o XYZ e HDSDI Input Degamma Click on the arrow on the drop down menu and select the desired degamma factor from the list o Rec 09 o DC IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 249 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs o Custom Choose the desired degamma factor value in the numeric field using the arrows e HDSDI Input Mode Click on the arrow on the drop down menu and select the desired Input Mode from the list o 2D 4 4 4 Dual Link o 3D 4 2 2 13 11 2 4 Info Tab The fourth tab will display the following useful identification information for the controlled device Figure 313 Firmware version Main Board revision Running Mode Serial Number Software Version D Screen IMS1000 doremi ms1000 eee E Serial Number 332750 User Level admin SuperUser O O O O Device Controlle OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION MONITORING LOGOUT Create Quick Access Links kend Browse Projectors E Exit e General System Colors Exit Button Identification Firmware Version IMS FW 4 5 1 0 MainBoard IMS rev E Running Mode product Serial Number 332750 Software Version 6 0 117 0 Figure 313 Info Tab e Click Exit to exit the application IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 250 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 11 3 Manual Tab If the device is created man
6. A valid license is a license that has not expired An expired license is a license with validity date that has expired e Not yet valid licenses are available on the unit not valid in present but valid only for future use IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 229 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 10 2 Composition Playlists Page The Compositions Playlists tab displays all of the CPLs available on the unit as well as their properties Figure 285 To access the Composition Playlists tab click on the green arrow on the right hand side of the GUI in the Overview and Decryption Keys tabs Figure 284 To see an updated view of the tab will all available CPLs click on the Refresh button To search for a specific CPL click on the Search button To filter the CPLs by the type of elements that have been ingested click on the Filters button To select or unselect all of the elements click the Select All button Figure 285 Screen IMS1000 De lete re M l Uu S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 264 Serial Number 332132 Button Search Button cor Load admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Refresh PS Filters Gi Deleie search d Select all Button Create Quick Access Links 127 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K TCF 20100823 TDC 0 Select All um uuid 0360574 1893 4b68 9486 2e63a764bdb So AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D_TLR 1_S_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_SPE 20110713 SCW_OV um wuid 00ddb948 6859 4845 bact b
7. Figure 232 Element Re Ordering Note When an element is associated with an automation or trigger cue the cues will also be re ordered 13 3 2 1 Refresh Button Anytime new content and a package are ingested into the server the items will not be displayed automatically in the CineLister GUI if CineLister is already running Click on the Refresh Contents button from the Editor tab Figure 232 to see an updated version of all available items that have been ingested 13 3 2 2 Save Button It is very important to click the Save button when done completing any task especially a SPL Figure 224 If the user does not click the Save button the changes will not be reflected IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 193 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 4 Accessing a Show Playlist e To open an existing Show Playlist click on the Open button from the CineLister Editor tab Figure 232 e Anew window will appear allowing the user to select the desired SPL Figure 233 Show Playlist available on the server test Fire Alarm Trigger Test Reneh NewSPL Figure 233 Open SPL e Select the desired SPL and click the Ok button The Show Playlist will be displayed on the right side of the GUI 13 4 1 Editing an Existing Show Playlist Click on the Open button in the CineLister Editor tab Figure 232 The user will be prompted to the SPLs Available on Server window Figure 233 Select the SPL and click Ok The SPL s content will be displayed o
8. Save K Properties EN Delete Create Quick Access Links yailable elements Show Plaviis ail elements H H SPL Trailers 2D amp Automation Cues 00 00 00 Black Dowser Close 00 00 04 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D F EN XX _US GB 51 2K UP 2 Exit from Intermission 00 02 35 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2 TLR 1_S EN XX US GB 51 2K WR 2 HOM 00 04 56 TRON LEGACY TLR 2 3D S EN XX_US GB 51 2K Di 2010 Intervallo Flat 3 minuti 00 07 26 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D F_EN XX US GB _51 EN 2K WB_ Intervallo Flat 5 minuti 00 09 49 KARATE KID_TLR 2_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_SPE_2010021 intervallo Manuale 00 12 21 LIKE_CRAZY_TLR 1_F EN XX_US GB_51_2K_PC_20110729 intervallo scope 3 minuti 00 14 44 Black intervallo Scope 5 minuti Lamp Off Lamp On M ac ro S Start Time Elements Figure 226 Macro Selected e The Edit Time Code window will appear Figure 227 Edit Time Code The automation cue will be attached to the element time code Black Offset from the beginning of the clip from the end of the clip Figure 227 Edit Time Code Window e Select the offset value for the macro e Click Ok when finished and the macro will appear on the right hand side of the GUI Figure 228 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 190 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Screen IMS1000 M S1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT a7 gt Properties Delete crea
9. Test Wait for GPI 0 OFF General Purpose Input H Figure 152 GPI Event Added 12 6 4 Connection to a Signal Event Click on the Trigger Cue that you want to assign the Signal event to Click the Connect to an Event button from Macro Editor s Trigger Cue tab The Connect to an Event drop down window will appear Figure 150 Click the Signal button and Click Add The Signal Setup window will appear Figure 153 Signal Setup Source device name Any Signal name Select from list Driver Signal Figure 153 Signal Event Setup Window Choose the device from the drop down menu IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 136 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Choose the driver from the drop down menu Choose the signal from the drop down menu and the signal name will auto populate e Click Ok when finished and the connected Signal event will appear in the right part of the Editor tab Figure 154 a Screen IMS1000 q re M l M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 f Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser Signal OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT ae e A d d ed New CH Delete e Settings Create Quick Access Links Trigger KN SC Ca Quick N Controls Tab Delete Event Save d Button Button Properties Icon Revert Button Figure 154 Signal Added 12 6 5 Editing and Deleting the Event To edit the event associated with the Trigger Cue highlight it in the Trigger Cue
10. doremi Technology Leadership for Digital Cinema IMS1000 Installation and User Manual Version 1 7 The English version of this document is the only legally binding version Translated versions are not legally binding and are for convenience only IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 1 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Table of Contents Attert 23 kI PUDSE TEE 23 Le OO WAV CNG ON EE 23 Heo CONTAC PECHIMNCA UODO ee ee 23 2 ESD TEE 25 3 INS HIH ege 27 3 1 IMS1000 Key Features and FUNCTIONS ccccccccccssscsesssccssssscsssssecssssesseusessnasecseausesenasesseaseess 27 S41 e REGZ000 DGC Re DIA VOACK EE 27 ce MPEG2Z A264 VC UE EE 28 3 1 3 Video processing TE EE 28 SA SEENEN 28 e mmm e Te E 28 SS KEE al E 28 EK E PreLoaded Test Ee le EE 28 Se IMPUI OULD FOS oireina nir r OT O N E EONO 28 33 ENViIrOnMental elle dee 29 3 4 Perlormance StOrage e 29 Be e EE 29 36 IMS1000 Faceplate OVEVICW sosirea hea RA E 29 4 Installation and Marriage with a NEC SerieS 2 Projector cccsssceeeseeeeneeeeeneeeeneeeeeees 34 Al TCU AON E 34 TEE 38 4 3 PReattaching the Projector Coverg 40 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 2 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs AA A di Cables Installaties a a e a a a a e i 41 AS Ee EE EE 42 4 5 1 GPV GPO Pin O Ur AIGlMA NOM BE 43 A0 EE 43 AS POWER FOCO OR diea E EA EE E E E EOE 44 AiO ACESSE e RTE 44 49 CONNOULING INC DEVICE EE 45 LAIO Eeer 47 D Installation and Marriage with a Barco SerieS 2 ProjeC
11. intervallo Flat 5 minuti C h a n g e intervallo Manuale intervallo scope 3 minuti N am Intervallo Scope minuti B u tto n Lamp Off Lamp On Play create Quick Access Links Prova Luci Skip to Segment Feature Presentation Delete Macro Button Figure 157 Edit Section 12 7 3 Executing the Quick Controls When all of the sections have been set and saved click on the Quick Controls button on the bottom left corner in the Notification Bar and the recently added macros will appear in the Quick Controls window e Click on previously created macro to execute it from any tab on the GUI Figure 158 e Clicking on the Quick Controls button in the Notifications Bar again will close the window IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 141 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs d re II Serial Number 332132 OVERVIEW Current Favorites Dowser Close Macros Available Quick Controls Button Quick Controls ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING IMS1000 2 6 4 0 admin SuperUser LOGOUT Wi Next Scheduled Events No schedule Projector Status Dowser Lamp Figure 158 Quick Controls Window IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 142 of 320 Doremi Labs Version 1 7 12 8 Content Feed Manager The main purpose of the Content Feed Manager application is to add an FTP ingest source In addition multiple units can be interconnected to share content simultaneously The Content Feed Manager makes the ingest
12. Ch 07 is pass through meaning the output channel X will be playing the CPL s audio channel X Ch 08 is Input Ch 08 is pass through meaning the output channel X will be playing the CPL s audio channel X Ch 09 is Center Surround Cs Output ch 09 will be playing the CPL s Center Surround Cs audio channel Ch 10 Ch 14 These channels are pass through meaning the output channel X will be playing the CPL s audio channel X X will be a value between 10 and 14 Ch 15 is HI Output ch 15 will be playing the CPL s Hearing Impaired HI audio channel Ch 16 is VI Output ch 16 will be playing the CPL s Narration VI audio channel a Screen IMS1000 q I re M l M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser E Create Quick Access Links Template Mapping 7 channels OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Channel Label Channel Label ch 01 LA ent Cs Center surround ch 02 R Right Mute CiCenter Mute LFE Screen Mute Ls Left surround Mute Rs Right surround Mute Mute Hi Hearing impaired Mute VI N Narration Figure 116 Audio Mapping Set to Seven Channels IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 107 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 2 2 4 Eight Channels This configuration is defined as follows Figure 117 Ch 01 is Left L Output ch 01 will be playing the CPL s Left L audio channel Ch 02 is Right R Output ch 02 will be playing the CPL s Right R audio channel
13. Checking software version Checking user configuration Stopping services Remount rootfs to read write Configuring www data groups Backup themes Deleting old files and directories Creating required directories Restore themes Processing install list Installing WebGUI Updating release md5 Processing post install list Configuring permissions Remount rootfs to read only Starting services Figure 333 Last Packages Log Tab IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 266 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 26 7 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 15 Drive Replacement This section presents the procedure to apply when a drive needs to be replaced 15 1 Degraded Drive e The Storage tab will display the failed drive in Storage Details telling the user that the drive needs to be replaced and will present you with the RAID status To replace the drive follow the steps below 15 1 1 Removing the Old Drive e Press on the handle to release it and open the handle all the way e Slide the drive out gently from the HDD enclosure Figure 334 Figure 334 HDD Removal 15 1 2 Reboot Reboot the unit with just the two functioning drives in place 15 1 3 Inserting a New Drive e Before inserting the drive press on the handle to release it and open it all the way until it clicks e Insert the new d
14. D Open with WinRAR default v Do this automatically for files like this from now on Cancel Figure 319 Detailed Report 14 3 Status Overview Tab The Status Overview tab provides the following information concerning the server itself Fans Temperature Voltage Memory Network Projector Storage Security Manager Time Administration Playback Security and Features Figure 320 To access the Status Overview Tab click on the green arrow on the right hand side of the GUI in the Storage and System tabs Figure 335 Clicking on a section on the left side of the GUI will take you from the top of the page to that section for more detailed information The colored icons next to the sections reveal the status of that section Green is healthy orange is a warning and red is a failure Figure 320 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 256 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs E Screen IMS1000 re Mn M S 1 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Storage Tab No relevant information create Quick Access Links System MediaBlock Storage Motherboard S MD FPGA 1 a DATA DISC rd00 CPU MD RTC DATA DISC rd01 DATA DISC rd02 Figure 320 Status Overview Tab 14 4 Storage Tab The Storage tab consists of two sub views Storage Details and Unit Informations Figure 321 To access the Storage Tab click on the green arrow on
15. DEFIANCE RI EF EN XX US GB_51_2K PC 200 Mode Play then Eject Figure 257 Intermission Playback IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 209 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 6 3 3 Exit from Intermission Macro Creation An Exit from Intermission macro can be created in the Macro Editor and then inserted to allow the user to quickly end intermission at any point during intermission playback and either return to the Main SPL or with a marker jump to a specific part of the Intermission SPL To create the macro go to the Macro Editor Administration Macro Editor e In Macro Editor click on the New button Figure 258 E Screen IMS1000 l M S1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser New Automation Cue OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Button e New 8 Delete t Settings Quick jer C Create Quick Access Links Macro Start Time Action Dowser Close HDMI Intervallo Flat 3 minuti intervallo Flat 5 minuti Intervallo ees intervallo scope Intervallo Se SE minu nies Lamp Off an n a Luci Skip to Segment Feature_Presentatio Figure 258 Macro Editor e Name the Macro Exit from Intermission and click Ok Figure 259 Macro Settings Name of the Macro Exit from Intermission Comments Figure 259 Exit from Intermission Macro e Click on the Select an Action to Insert button In the drop down that appears select Playback and then Playbac
16. Exit from Intermission HDMI Intervallo Flat 3 minuti Intervallo Flat 5 minuti Intervallo Manuale Intervallo scope 3 minuti Intervallo Scope 5 minuti Lamp Off Lamp On Play Prova Luci Skip to Segment Feature_Presentation Macro Insert Button Added Select an action to insert Select an action to insert e D 20 meng Dowser Lamp Channel Switch Macro put Output General Purpose Output Send Message Playback Actions Audio Volume Playback Actions Video Output Action Delay Purge Pending Macro Library Figure 248 Macro Added e Inthe window that appears go to Playback then Playback Actions and click Insert Figure 248 e Inthe drop down that appears select Skip to Show Playlist Segment Figure 249 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 204 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Playback Actions Choose the action Play Play Pause A Toggle Play Pause Recue Show Rewind Skip to Next Clip Skip fo ShowPtaytist Segment Exit from intermission Figure 249 Playback Actions e Enter the exact name of the segment in the field that appears and click OK Figure 250 Playback Actions Choose the action Skip to ShowPlaylist Zem segment name Feature Presentation Figure 250 Segment Named e The newly added macro will appear in the Macro Editor Click the Save button to save the macro e The macro will also appear in Cinelister after the Refresh button ha
17. Inc Systems Corporation IMS1000 Software License Agreement Before you use this softwere carefully read the terms and conditions of this License Agreement By using the IMS1000 and its associated software you are consenting to being bound by and becoming a party to this License Agreement and to the terms and conditions of the License Agreements of the third party softwere included in the IMS1000 Software License Agreement 1 Doremi Labs Inc grants to you a non exclusive non transferrable non exportable non sublicensable license to use this version of the IMS1000 Software the Software All other rights reserved Except as part of the IMS1000 and or expressly permitted in this License you may not make any use of the Softwere which would violate Doremi Labs Inc s rights under copyright law including but not limited to incorporating this Software into another softwere into an operating system or into firmvare firmvere is defined as embedded software incorporated into a hardware device You may not attempt to reverse engineer any of the Software Your rights under this License will terminate automatically without notice from Doremi Labs Inc if you fail omply with any term s of this License DOREMI LAB _ MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS ABOUT THE SUITABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE CG SOUT ANY CONTENT OR INFORMATION MADE ACCESSIBLE BY THE SOFTWAn OR ANY PURPOSE THE SOFTWARE IS Figure 211 License Agreement IMS OM
18. Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Ad d Button e Quick Access Links are displayed on the left and allow you to configure a direct link to the WebUI specified page create Quei Access Links Select link System Select a location Overview Administration Account Manager Networking Configuration Quick Access Links System Terminal Theater Properties Theater Properties gt Auditorium Theater Properties gt Contacts Theater Properties gt Facility Time Settings Time Settings gt Date and Time Time Settings gt NTP Servers Audio Settings Audio Settings gt Audio Delay Audio Settings gt Channel Mapping Cinelister Configuration Figure 180 Quick Access Drop Down Menu The selected link will appear in the window Figure 181 B Screen IMS1000 M S1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT e Quick Access Links are displayed on the left and allow you to configure a direct link to the WebUI specified page create Quick Access Links Select link System Lo Administration gt system Figure 181 Link Added To edit the link highlight the link Figure 182 e To delete the link click the X e Torename the link click the rectangle e o revert to the default name click the curving arrow e For information on the action performed by the
19. Software Version User Level LOGOUT Hysteresis C Threshold low C H 5 6 6 5 5 5 The Voltages tab lists the high and low threshold values for different components of the server in millivolts Hovering over the component will give a brief explanation of that component Click Save to save any changes and Revert to undo any unsaved changes Figure 217 IMS1000 Serial Number 332132 doremi OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING Temperatures Fans Counters Reset to Default Create Quick Access Links Component Threshold high mV 1300 1500 3600 First voltage entry in SNMP 1 2 3 H 4 5200 5 6 4300 7 MD_RTC Figure 217 Voltages Tab IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 182 of 320 Doremi Labs IMS1000 2 6 4 0 admin SuperUser In Li Screen Software Version User Level LOGOUT Hysteresis mV Threshold low mV 900 Version 1 7 12 20 3 Fans Tab The Fans tab lists the high and low threshold values for the different fans of the server in RPMs Hovering over the fan will give a brief explanation of that fan Click Save to save any changes and Revert to undo any unsaved changes Figure 218 a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WW Help Temperatures Voltages Counters Reset to Default create Quick Access Links Component Threshold high RPM Hys
20. Sound Channets Quantization 24 bits KDM available Begin Figure 236 CPL Properties IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 196 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 4 4 Unencrypted CPLs If the element selected is an unencrypted CPL the following properties window will appear Figure 237 Composition Playlist Properties UUID um uuid 6977 a5bf d9bd 444e 85c3 ae670ced5fe2 Content Title Validate Content Kind test Duration 00 00 10 Picture Encoding JPEG2000 2048 x 858 Figure 237 Unencrypted CPL 13 4 5 Encrypted CPL with Valid KDM If the element selected is an encrypted CPL the following Properties window will appear with the KDM information The window will indicate that the KDM is available and its end date Figure 238 Composition Playlist Properties UUID um uuid 6c8d607d b07d 4530 b037 a2d01fichcaS GAME PLAN FIR 5 EN EN US Content Title iG Sih ores SS Content Kind feature Duration 01 50 06 Picture Encoding JPEG2000 2048 x 858 Sound Channels Quantization KDM available Begin End Status EI 2012 11 11 00 00 00 2013 12 11 00 00 00 available um uuid 39a59972 Figure 238 Encrypted KDM Note All KDMs will automatically be removed from the server upon expiration IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 197 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 5 Play 2D Content in 3D Mode 13 5 1 3D Mode Configuration The user can play 2D content within a 3D ShowPlaylist Changing the mode of the SPL to 3D does no
21. create Quick Access Links Macro Start Time Action Dowser Close Exit from Intermission HDMI Intervallo Flat 3 minuti Macro P Intervallo ae 5 d nuti Intervallo Man Intervallo cea Added Intervallo Scope 5 eer Lamp Off Lamp On Play f Prova Luc Spo SepmentFeahe Presentator a nt Feature_Presentation Up and A Down Select an action to insert Save Arrows Button Revert Button Figure 138 New Macro Added e Click on Save when done creating the Macro Automation Cue Figure 138 SuperUser privileges are necessary to save the changes If the user is already logged in as a SuperUser the confirmation window will not appear 12 5 2 Editing a Macro Automation Cue e To remove delete a Macro Automation Cue select it in the Macro Editor window and click the Delete Macro button Figure 138 e To edit the name of an existing Macro Automation Cue highlight the macro and click the Settings button or double click on the Macro itself Figure 138 e Use the up and down arrows to re arrange the Automation Cues Figure 138 e Click the Save button when finished Figure 138 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 126 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Selecting the Revert button will close a document without saving the changes Use this with caution Figure 138 12 5 3 Inserting Actions into Macro Cues e Goto the Administration tab and then select Macro Editor e Highlight the Macro to be affected e Click the Select an Action to Insert dro
22. kreport log being the previous boot kreport log 0 being the boot before and so on Interrupt count should be different than 0 for dolphin module when this issue occurs Exec command Cat proc interrupts CPUO CPU1 0 62 O IO APIC edge timer 9 0 O IO APIC fasteoi acpi 24 1 0 IO APIC fasteoi pvrsrvkm 25 6 O IO APIC fasteoi parse encode _isr 47 0 0 IO APIC fasteoi ahci 64 1038032 QO PCI MSl edge ahci 65 1122635 0 PCI MSl edge dolphin NMI 0 0 Non maskable interrupts LOC 14036305 14036210 Local timer interrupts lf the report was taken while the error was showing look at cat proc dolphinO in drmreport txt lf the report was taken after a reboot look at cat proc dolphinO in doremi log kreport log x kreport log being the previous boot kreport log 0 being the boot before and so on VID_IFR register should be at value 00000001 when this issue occurs Exec command cat proc dolphino kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Doremi Labs Inc i PCI Driver for the Dolphin card kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Dolphin registers GPI 00000000 GPO 00000000 AUD_CFG 0060116F AUD_MAPO 76543210 AUD_MAP1 FEDCBA98 AUD_COEFO 01000100 AUD_COEF1 01000100 CSR_DDR 000001A0 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 285 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs PARO_DDR 49662EE0 BCRO_DDR 00000000 WMK_CFGO 00000000 WMK_CFG1 00000000 ISR_DDR 000000C5 ADV_CFGO 00000000 ADV
23. or 10 bit 4 2 2 for 2D and 3D HFR applications The IMS1000 incorporates High Definition Multimedia Interface technology The IMS1000 accepts alternative content through HDMI inputs and live stream Movies and clips are stored on an on board RAID5 storage The IMS1000 is controlled via Ethernet interface using a web based version of CineLister TMS2000 or third party theater management system supporting Doremi servers Ingest is done via USB eSATA or Ethernet 3 1 IMS1000 Key Features and Functions Doremi designed and manufactured Single board solution SMS and IMB on a single board High quality storage Support for local storage HDMI input 4K support is forthcoming Q3 2014 3D Live Sensio Live amp RealD Live RealD ghost busting Auro 3D audio Web based interface Support for access products Fidelio amp CaptiView Ingest through eSATA USB or Ethernet Live Support Ethernet stream Mpeg2 H264 VC1 up to 50Mbits s Scaler and Deinterlacer included GPIOs m amp Gout SDI inputs support the following 3D mappings Dual Stream Side by Side Top Bottom Sensio HiFi 3D support is forthcoming Q3 2014 RealD 3D support is forthcoming Q3 2014 O O O O JPEG2000 DCI DCP playback Support 2K playback up to 120fps Support 4K playback up to 60fps Bitrates up to 500Mbits s DCI compliant 12Bits 4 4 4 XYZ for all formats IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 27 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs MPEG2 H26
24. ready to marry Red Marriage is not activated physical marriage is currently broken IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 298 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 299 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs 21 Appendix D HDMI Inputs Supported Formats Video e 480p 60 e 5 6p 50 e 2kp o 23 98 o 24 e 3D 720p 1080p 10801 O O O O O O O O O e 1080i O O O O O F O O O Audio 32 kHz 44 1 kHz 48 kHz 88 2 kHz 96 kHz rame Packed Note HDMI Audio data rate is not converted when processed through the IMS1000 Make sure your audio processor supports the audio format encoded on the disc you are playing back IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 300 of 320 Doremi Labs Version 1 6 This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 301 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs 22 Appendix E SDI Supported Formats 22 1 Video Single Link e 2D o 20p Dual Link e 2D o 20p IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 302 of 320 Doremi Labs Version 1 6 o 1080sf Dual Stream e 3D o 1080i 22 2 Audio 29 97 30 23 98 24 23 98 24 23 98 24 e SDI Embedded Audio 48 KHz IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 303 of 320 Doremi Labs Version 1 6 This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 304 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs 23 Appendix F Connection Diagram Auditorium Set Up IMS1000 Ooo as HDD 1 a USB HDD 2
25. usernames and passwords Please contact your administrator for the appropriate information doremi Usemame Password one Site Language Figure 95 Login Authentication Window e The Overview Tab will appear every time the unit is turned on or rebooted Users can access various applications from the tabs located across the top of the GUI Figure 96 doremi IMS1000 Screen Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Current Next Scheduled Events No schedule Overview Tab Storage Projector Status i Dowser data 1835 GB free of 1853 GB Lamp Figure 96 Overview Tab Screen IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 85 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 8 1 Users The user will be prompted to enter a password for various tasks when using different applications The administrator determines the level of security Note Please contact your system administrator for passwords not Doremi Labs The following are types of passwords privileges the user may be asked for Figure 97 Admin Administrator Super User Manager ShowManager Root Administrator Ingest Projection Doremi Projection ShowManager privileges needed Usemame manager manager admin root other Figure 97 Password Confirmation Window In Figure 97 the user is asked to select the username and password Note
26. 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 6 Trigger Cue Tab A Trigger Cue allows for the execution of a Macro Automation Cue upon the occurrence of an event from an external device using a Signal or General Purpose Input When the user selects an event to occur from the external device the occurrence of that event triggers a Macro Automation Cue The Macro Automation Cue will then be executed Both the event and the Marco Automation Cue are defined during the Trigger Cue creation The user can access the Trigger tab by either selecting it on the left had side of the GUI under the Macro Editor tab Administration Macro Editor or by clicking on the Trigger Cue arrow in the Macro Automation tab and Quick Controls tab Figure 146 Note The Signal comes from an external device connected over the Ethernet The external device options are eCNA JNior and Raw Example If a Trigger cue is based on the event Wait for GPI 1 ON it is possible to link a specific Macro Automation Cue as presented above in order to be executed when GPI 1 is ON 12 6 1 Trigger Cue Tab Overview m Screen IMS1000 0 re M l M S1 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT D New 8R Delete t Settings Create Ca access Links Trigger Trigger m 7 E we Connectto an event H Figure 147 Macro Editor Trigger Cue Tab 12 6 2 Trigger Cue Creation The Trigger Cue t
27. 11 24 105 IP Address eth 192 168 100 50 IP Product informations Ad d re S S Product Name D Serial Number Confirmed Main Software Version Main Firmware Version Wel Version Operating System Unset anambinn curtain Figure 99 System Monitoring Tab Window IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 89 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 9 3 Network Reset If for any reason the network settings need to be reset go to Administration Control Panel Networking Configuration and click the Revert button located on the bottom of the screen Figure 100 Administration Tab Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 ree tember 332132 ser Level in umber 332135 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVic ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT W Hostname IMS1000 create Quick Access Links Properties of eth0 Properties of etht Revert Button Obtain an IP address automatically with DHCP Obtain an IP address automatically with DHCP IP address IP address 192 168 100 50 Netmask Netmask 255 255 255 0 Gateway Gateway 192 163 100 1 Figure 100 Networking Configuration Window IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 90 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 10 Time Zone Configuration Units are by default set to Pacific Time Zone PST or PDT This section provides information on how to check and or change the time zone 10 1 Checking the Time Zone e o check the time and time zone go to Administration Con
28. 295 20 Appendix C LED Ee E 297 21 Appendix D HDMI Inputs Supported Format ccccccseseeeeeeeeeseeeeneeeeeneeeeneeeeenenes 300 22 Appendix E SDI Supported Format cccccsscsessesseeeeeeeeseeeseeenseeenseoeseeeseseaesoenes 302 A WACO EE 302 E ee ceased A ee E E E 303 23 Appendix F Connection Diagram cccccssecsesseseeeeesenseeceseeeneeeenseecensesonseseeneesennenes 305 24 Appendix G Updating Web Based User Interface Version cccssscssseeeeseseeeeeeees 307 25 Appendix H Installing the Ferrite Cores cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeseeseeneesenees 310 25 1 Mounting the Ferrite Core Camp 310 26 Appendix I Maintenance Guide c ccccccsseeesseeceneecensesceseecensesonseeeensesonseseeneesenseses 311 26 1 e reet EE ee 311 26 1 1 Updating an IMS1000 via USB DLM Required eee eecccceesseceessseeeesseeeeseeees 311 26 1 2 Updating the IMS1000 via Remote Package Ingest No DLM Required 312 20 2 Ce 314 COCA TROCUINCC OO EE ER 314 20 22 ee E 314 2 een YING ET 318 28 Document Revision HIStOPy ccccescceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseeeneeeeseeoaseoeseeoeseeeaseoesesonseseaeeoenes 320 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 18 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Software License Agreement The software license agreement can be found at the following location http www doremilabs com support cinema support cinema warranties Hardware Warranty The
29. 6 12 39 27 ims1000 kernel ata2 irq_stat 0x00400040 connection status changed Aug 6 12 39 27 ims1000 kernel ata2 SError PHYRdyChg CommWake DevExch Aug 6 12 39 27 ims1000 kernel ata2 hard resetting link Aug 6 12 39 33 ims1000 kernel ata2 link is slow to respond please be patient ready 0 Aug 6 12 39 37 ims1000 kernel ata2 softreset failed device not ready Aug 6 12 39 37 ims1000 kernel ata2 hard resetting link Aug 6 12 39 47 ims1000 kernel ata2 softreset failed device not ready Aug 6 12 40 22 ims1000 kernel ata2 limiting SATA link speed to 1 5 Gbps Aug 6 12 40 22 ims1000 kernel ata2 hard resetting link Aug 6 12 40 28 ims1000 kernel ata2 softreset failed TZ not ready Aug 6 12 40 28 ims1000 kernel ata2 Aug 6 12 40 28 ims1000 kernel ata2 EH complete 17 3 3 Solution Install ims _sw_hotfix_esata 1 0 0 okg or software version 2 5 3 or higher 17 4 Audio Delay Issue 17 4 1 Description There is an important audio delay in the setup There is an intermittent loss of audio synchronization with the video Typically content starts out with in sync audio but gradually an audio delay is noticeable 17 4 2 Identification No error in the logs 17 4 3 Solution Install ims_sw_hotfix_audio_delay 2 4 4 pkg or software version 2 5 4 or higher 17 5 Communication Issue with Dolby CP650 17 5 1 Description The unit is not communicating properly with a Dolby CP650 audio processor using Eth1 but is working fine
30. Acknowledge button Alarms ID State Occurred IMB Connection to the ICP could not be establis Critical 2013 09 03 11 29 IMB Logical Tamper Critical 2013 09 03 11 29 IMB Physical Tamper Critical 2013 09 03 11 29 IMB Marriage Broken Critical 2013 09 03 1120 Acknowledge Acknowledge Button Figure 86 Error Window e Goto Menu Service Setup IMB Marriage Figure 87 1 2 3D 13 Kee Status i 160 4096x1716 ZS ww Scope Dual Ee Diagnostics gt SDI e D Network Devices R 3D Flat l Channel Setup carota Ad ds 3a et FEISS gt File Management q Administrator Setup p Fia Wait IMB meee Rees LD Marriage Marriage gege System Access s Tt ER IMB Marriage Fi Fa Logout marriage Digital Convergence SZ Le Menu Fan Monitoring Configuration D Nr Figure 87 IMB Marriage e The marriage wizard on the touch panel controller will then guide you through the steps necessary to complete the marriage Click the Next button to begin Figure 88 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 78 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Critical alarm exists CHIS TIE 4K Marriage Start Marriage Checklist Start Arming sa Finish This wizard will guide you through the IMB Marriage procedure to enable secure content playback IMB must be powered and connected to proceed This operation will require you to certify that this unit has not been tampered with and will be logged accordi
31. Backup Manag OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT e Legends i Automatic Backup 9 Local Backup FTP Backup B extemal Media e Click Generate button to generate a new backup then select a location E Create Quick Access Links e Click Restore button to restore the selected backup then select categories Generate backup Location All locations E ims 332132_2014 05 20723 44 36 BP ims 332132_2014 05 20123 32 35 IMS1000 332132 2014 06 20T06 25 10 IMS1000 332132 2014 06 19T06 25 10 IMS1000 332132 2014 06 18T06 25 11 IMS1000 332132 2014 06 17706 25 11 IMS1000 332132 2014 06 16106 25 10 Figure 201 USB Restore o Note The USB backup will only appear if the USB or external device is plugged in e The manual backup process is now complete 12 17 5 Deleting Backup File s e lf you want to delete a backup file that was previously generated select the file from the Restore Backup tab and click on the Delete button Figure 202 D Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT e Legends Automatic Backup Local Backup 8 FTP Backup e extemal Media e Click Generate button to generate a new backup then select a location CH Create Quick Access Links e Click Restore button to restore the selected backup then select categories Generate backup Location All locations Sg
32. DRM Page 192 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 3 2 Element Re Ordering Using the up and down arrows each element can be moved to the top or to the bottom of the Show Playlist e To move an element to the top of the Show Playlist select it and click on the arrow pointing up Figure 232 e o move an element to the bottom select it and click on the arrow pointing down Figure DW Screen IMS1000 l M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Open Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser B u tto n OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT W mI 2 3 Refresh New Open Save gt Properties Delete create Quick Access Links all elements D e SPL Trailers 2D R efr es h Black S 00 00 00 Black Black 3D 00 00 04 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K UP 2 D own B utton Black 3D 48 00 02 35 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2 TLR 1_S DN US GB 512K WR 2 A rrOoWS amp Policy 00 04 56 TRON LEGACY_TLR 2 3D S EN XX US GB 51 2K Dt 2010 K Up and SE 00 07 26 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D F_EN XX_US CR _51 EN 2K WP Seege 00 09 49 KARATE KID_TLR 2_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K SPE 2010021 Lo 00 12 21 LIKE_CRAZY_TLR 1_F_ENAX_US GB_51_2K_PC_20110729 wo Trailer 00 14 45 Black 127 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K TICE 20100823 TDC AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D_TLR 1_S DO RR EI 2K SPE 201 BRIDESMAIDS_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB E 2K UP_20110201_UDS DEFRANCE TLR 1 F EN XX_US GB 51 2K PC 20080115 DELUXE Start Time Elements
33. Figure 198 Backup Generation Window e Click on the Close button to exit out of the Backup Generation window e To view the backup go to the Restore Backup tab e The manual backup process is now complete 12 17 4 2 Manual Back Up to External Drive To back up the configuration files manually to an external drive e g e SATA or USB follow the instructions in this section e Insert an external storage device into the unit For this example a USB flash drive will be used e Click on Generate Backup tab and click on the Generate button Figure 196 e Select the USB from the drop down and click on the Ok button Figure 199 Select Disk Select the location where the backup file will be saved Local Disk Local Disk USB Disk 0 Figure 199 Select Location of Backup File USB e The backup process will now begin e The Backup Generation window will appear Figure 200 This will indicate the backup process was a success Processing Generating backup file SUCCESS Copying backup to extemal drive Success Generated media usbO IMS1000_332132_2014 06 12T21 18 07 dbk zip Figure 200 Backup Generation Window IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 171 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Click on the Close button to exit out of the Backup Generation window e To view the backup go to the Restore Backup tab Figure 201 E Screen IMS1000 doremi IMS1000 Den E Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser
34. From the Administration Control Panel Audio Settings Audio Delay button the user can modify the delay between the audio and video by dragging the cursor to the desired delay on the graphical cursor that allows values between 500 milliseconds and 500 milliseconds Figure 124 To access the Audio Delay tab click on the green arrow button the right side of the Channel Mapping tab Figure 123 All audio tracks will be modified for the same delay selected After the delay has been configured click on the green Save button to save your audio delay settings Figure 124 The selected audio delay will be displayed as numeric MS milliseconds value Note The user cannot add separate delays for each track H Screen IMS1000 l M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT W create Quick Access Links f You can add a delay between the video and the audio e A positive value means the audio will play out after the video by the time selected in milliseconds es A negative value means the audio will play out before the video by the time selected in milliseconds The recommended setup that matches almost all setup is 80 ms S ave 500 ms B utto n Selected audio delay is 80 ms Figure 124 Audio Delay Tab e Positive Value The audio will be heard behind the video action e Negative Value Indicates that the audio is ahead of the
35. GB 51 2K UP 2 NightBefXMas TLR 9 EN XX_US GB 51 2K D 20090816 TDC 00 02 35 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2 TLR 1 5 EN XX US GB 51 2K WE 3 PIRATESOFTHEC4 TLR 1 2D F_EN XX US GB 51 2K DI 2010 00 04 56 TRON LEGACY_TLR 2 3D_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K Di 2010 PUBLIC ENEMIES TLR 1_F EN XX CAN 51 2K UP 20090225 ASC 00 07 26 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D F EN XX US GB 51 EN 2K WB SHERLOCK HOLMES 2_TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K WR_2011 00 09 49 KARATE KID TLR 2 E EN XX US GB 51 2K SPE 2010021 SORCERERS APPR_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB SI 2K D 2009112 00 12 21 LIKE CRAZY _TLR 1_F EN XX US GB 51_2K PC 20110729 S TRON LEGACY_TLR 2 8D_S DN US GB 61 2K Di 2010072 00 14 44 Black rl Trigger Cues GP 1 OFF Trigger mnt Cues Start Time Elements Figure 229 Trigger Cue Selected IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 191 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e The Edit Trigger Cue window will appear Figure 230 Edit Trigger Cue Select an automation cue to execute on trigger Automation cues HDMI Intervallo Manuale Intervallo scope 3 minuti Intervallo Scope 5 minuti intervallo Flat 3 minuti Intervallo Flat 5 minuti Scope The trigger is available for all elements of the ShowPlaylist The trigger is only available for the element LIKE CRAZY TLR 1 F EN XX US GB 51 2K PC 20 Figure 230 Edit Trigger Cue Window e Select the Automation Cue to associate to the Trigger by clicking on it in the Automation Cues window e Select the scope of the trigger by checkin
36. Labs 5 5 Ethernet Cables e Connect an Ethernet cable from the LAN connector on the Barco projector s cinema controller slot and the other end of the cable to either a laptop or network switch Figure 53 Install a ferrite core clamp near the connector closest to the IMS1000 Refer to section 25 for more information on ferrite core clamp installation TEE eee ee Ee te LAN Cinema gt 2 NEC GENERAL PURPOSE 1 0 SR Connector Controller bam st BE Slot i alae Dva Of 0 1 IOAN WEINID Figure 53 Ethernet Connections e Note Ethernet port Eth0 is set to DHCP by default All IMS1000 boards are shipped from the factory with the following default IP address for Eth1 o IP 192 168 100 50 o SM 255 255 255 0 o GW 192 168 100 1 e Connect an Ethernet cable from the Ethernet connector on the IMS and the other end of the cable to the LAN connector on the Barco projector s cinema controller slot Figure 54 Ethernet l Connector e S LAN Connector Figure 54 Ethernet Connections IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 59 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e For more information refer to Section 23 5 6 Power on Projector e Connect AC power to the projector Figure 55 on P 3 A 76 8 3 Figure 55 AC Power e urn the projector on The expected boot up time is about a 2 30 minutes Figure 56 Please refer to the projector manufacturer manual for proper power up sequence Figure 56 Power Switch 5 7 Accessing
37. Next Scheduled Events Slop No schedule Storage Server Projector im Playback Mode Status Security Manager Dowser data 1835 GB free of 1853 GB Hardware Lamp Playback Button Figure 107 Playback Button 11 1 3 Ingest The Ingest button will alert the user to any ingest that is in progress Clicking on the button will open the Ingest Monitor tab that displays the ingest progress Figure 108 For more information on ingesting refer to Section 13 9 Screen IMS1000 I re M l l Uu S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT o Refresh CH Delete Resume 9 Cancel Select all Create Quick Access Links Status Description Scheduled Started Finished NARNIA 3 3D OCAP_FIR_S DO US PG_51 EN 43 TCF 20101201 DLA i3D GB OV 201 4 05 23723 09 18 DCI 2K Syne Test Encrypted 2 1 8 a 2014 05 23123 09 18 BRIDESMAIDS TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K UP 20110201_UDS 2014 06 18T19 41 05 2014 06 18T19 41 05 2014 06 18T19 42 18 EE Success 100 PKL asset executed 68a6a67d clab 4f2e 851d ad7efbc5d582 PKL asset imported 63a6a67d clab 4f2e 351 d ad7efbc5d562 Total P 100 o MAI r Assetmap ingested 756aa294 ea40 4 1cf b352 00e3b5e98349 Figure 108 Ingest Monitor and Button IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 98 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 11 1 4 Session Viewer The Session Viewer button displays all of the users that are currently log
38. Passthrough Channel Label Channel Label Input01 Input09 Input02 Input10 Input03 Inputt1 Input04 Input12 Input05 Input13 Input06 Inputt4 Input07 Inputt5 Inputds Input16 Figure 120 Audio Mapping Set to Passthrough 12 2 2 8 Custom Mapping Configuration Click on the drop down menu and select Custom e The following window will appear Figure 121 Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT oa E Create Quick Access Links Template Mapping Custom Channel Label Channel Label input01 ch 09 Input09 Input02 ch 10 Input10 Input03 ch 11 Inputt1 Input04 chi2 Inputi2 Input05 Inputi3 Input06 Input14 Input07 Input15 ch 0s Input08 Input16 Figure 121 Custom Mapping IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 111 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Click on the drop down arrow to view the available mapping parameter selection for each output channel ch 01 ch 16 to select the CPL s audio channel using its label that is to be routed to the processor Figure 122 IMS OM 002949 DRM L Left R Right C Genter o Surround LFE Screen Ls Left surround Ris Right surround Le Left center Re Right center Rils Left rear surround RArs Aight rear surround Cs Center surround Hl Hearing impaired VI N Narration D BOX Primary D BOX Secondary Input Input Input Inputod Inputos Input Inpu
39. The server will need authentication to complete certain tasks For example the authentication required in the window above is ShowManager privileges hence the server will automatically prompt the user to the Manager username However it is possible to select a different username from the drop down list as shown in Figure 97 above depending on the level of security that has been provided IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 86 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 87 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 9 Network Configuration 9 1 Default Network Configuration Ethernet port EthO is set to DHCP by default All IMS1000 boards are shipped from the factory with the following default IP address for Eth1 e IP 192 168 100 50 e SM 255 255 255 0 e GW 192 168 100 1 9 2 Changing the IP Address To change the IP address of the server go to the Administration Tab Control Panel Networking Configuration and then follow the steps below Figure 98 a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT W Hostname IMS1000 create Quick Access Links Properties of eth0 Properties of eth E Obtain an IP address automatically with DHCP Obtain an IP address automatically with DHCP IP address Paddress 192 168 100 50 Netmask Nebmaek 255 255 255 0 Gateway Gateway 192 168 10
40. US GB 1 2K SPE 2010021 SPL 00 12 21 LIKE CRAZY TLR 1 F EN XX US GB 51 2K PC 20110729 LR eneen 2K Pe Window Trailers 00 14 44 Black L aw With Trailer Elements 127 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB EI 2K TCF 20100823 TDC A d d e d AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D TLR 1_S DU USR EI 2K SPE 20 Start Time Elements Figure 224 Elements Added e To remove an element in a Show Playlist select it in the Show Playlist window and click on the X button that appears on the right Figure 224 e Click on the Save button Figure 224 The user will be prompted to a window asking them to input the correct password SuperUser privileges are necessary to confirm the changes If the user is already logged in with SuperUser privileges the password confirmation window will not appear e After the correct password is entered the user will be prompted to name the newly created SPL Figure 225 Show Playlist available on the server test Fire Alarm Trigger Test Reneh Name NewSPI Figure 225 SPL Naming IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 189 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 3 1 1 Adding a Macro e Select the element to attach the macro to in the SPL on the right side of the application e Select the macro on the left part of the GUI and click on it Figure 226 E Screen IMS1000 l M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT es my Refresh New Open
41. Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Enter the username to be used for login in the upper empty field and the associated full name used to describe the user Both names will be displayed in the window after the new user addition is completed e Select the proper privileges They are listed below from the lowest level to the highest level of privileges Figure 171 o Inactive This user does not have any privileges o Ingest The user is allowed to ingest content o Projectionist Projectionist is a standard user allowed to use the Doremi applications present on the unit without changing the configuration o Show Manager In addition to Projectionist s privileges a Show Manager user is allowed to ingest and delete content and to save ShowPlaylists o SuperUser In addition to Show Manager s right a SuperUser has the privileges to configure the unit and to create modify and delete user accounts For example the SuperUser can update the firmware and software Add User Login Full Name Group Inactives l Inactives Login Type ingests Projectionists Password ShowManagers SuperUsers Save e Button Figure 171 Account Manager GUI Privileges Definition e Furthermore two different login types are available for the user o Application Virtual user account only works with Doremi applications o System Regular Linux user account that can be used anywhere on the system For example on Linux terminal windows e Define the
42. a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser S h ut d own Sy OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Button e To enter Standby mode click the Standby button The server will not be operational Create Quick Accea is e To restart the system click the Restart button You will be automatically disconnected from the web interface e To shutdown the system click the shutdown button Figure 94 Shut Down e Click on the Shutdown button and wait two minutes The LED lights on the IMS1000 will stop flashing and the HDD lights will have a steady light once it has finished shutting down e After two minutes refer to the projector manufacturer manual for proper power down sequence to shut down the projector e The IMS1000 board and the projector have now been properly shut down Warning The IMS1000 must be shut down according to the designated method Failure to follow the above method may result in file corruption IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 83 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 84 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 8 Operating System Every time the user logs out of the operating system and then logs back in a Login Authentication window will appear Figure 95 The default login name is dorem and the password is doremi However the administrator may have changed and or added other login
43. a central server or a cinema server over a network IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 224 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 9 1 4 Ingesting Content From a Doremi Remote Server LMS e Click on the drop down menu from the Location menu Figure 276 e Select the device from which to ingest from Its content will be displayed inside the GUI Figure 278 Screen IMS1000 l M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT create Quick Access Links 5 Deeg 7 mm Select all Hide ingested content Scanned about 1 minute ago Ng est Monitor Tab UBER pp mer 2D enc reel 0789 GAME_PLAN_FTR_S EN EN_US PG 51 2K D 20100611_CC_CAP_EN PT eh GAME PLAN FTR_S EN EN US PG 51 2K D 20100611_CC CAP EN FIT UBER_DCP_TEST 2D reel_0125 i UBER_DCP_TEST 2D reel_0125 Figure 278 Remote Server Ingest e Select the item to ingest and click the Ingest button Figure 276 e The user will be prompted to the Ingest Monitor tab to view the progress of the ingest Note The server must be added through the Content Feed Manager Section 12 8 13 9 2 Ingest Monitor The IMS1000 allows the user to ingest content while the server is ingesting previously selected content Click on the Ingest Monitor tab to see the progress of all the ingested items Figure 279 To access the Ingest Monitor tab click on the green arrow on the right hand side of the GUI in the Ingest Sc
44. all the way into the chassis cage Figure 16 Spring Loaded HDD Carrier Handle Figure 16 HDD Insertion Close the silver HDD carrier handle until you hear an audible click and the release tab has locked the HDD into place e Repeat for the other two HDDs The HDDs properly installed will look like the image presented below Figure 17 8 AES OUT Figure 17 HDDs Inserted IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 39 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 4 3 Reattaching the Projector Covers e Reattach the projector cover and screw in the four screws holding it in place Figure 18 Figure 18 Reattaching the Projector Cover e Turn the key to lock the projector in place Figure 19 Figure 19 Turning the Lock e Reattach the filter cover by gently pushing it into place Figure 20 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 40 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Figure 20 Reattaching the Filter Cover 4 4 Audio Cables Installation AES OUT 9 16 car T COME T Ea 1 2 KR ee Figure 21 Audio Connectors e Plug one shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable end into the connector labeled AES OUT 1 8 on the IMS1000 board Figure 21 e Plug the other end of the shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable into the audio processor e Take another shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable and plug the end into the connector labeled AES OUT 9 16 Figure 21 e Plug the other end of the shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable into the audio processor Note If
45. eg ees GAN Ee Intermission 2 00 05 17 127 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K TCF 20100823 TDC Des SE Eeer iz Marker Trailer 00 07 03 AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB_51_2K SPE_ 127 Hours_TLR A F EN XX US GB 51 2K TCF 20100823 TDC z 00 09 33 BRIDESMAIDS_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_UP_2011020 AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D_TLR 1_S_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_SPE_201 00 11 57 DEFIANCE_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_PC_20080115_D BRIDESMAIDS _TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_UP_20110201_UDS DEFIANCE_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_PC_20080115_DELUXE Start Time Elements Figure 263 Marker Creation IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 212 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Open Button Macro Added IW MV Screen IMS1000 d 0 re M S L 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 ikar bina Et P layback In the Edit Time Code window that appears label the marker Exit_Intermission Indicate at what time code you would like the CPL to play and click Ok Figure 264 Edit Time Code The automation cue will be attached to the element time code NightBefXMas TLR 9 S EN XX US Marker label Exit_Intermission Offset from the beginning of the clip 00 H 00 H 56 H from the end of the clip Figure 264 Exit Intermission Marker The marker has now been added During intermission when the Exit from Intermission macro is triggered playback will jump to the time code indicated by the marker Figure 265 Tab Editor OVERVIEW ADMI
46. every window 1 Projector communication failure Figure 272 o This message is displayed when there is no projector configured or if the server is not connected to the primary configured projector Page 218 of 320 Version 1 7 IMS OM 002949 DRM Doremi Labs WB l Screen IMS1000 x Projector communication failure Software Version 264 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Alert Message Current Next Scheduled Events Pause JUMPING THE BROOM_TLR 2_ EN XX_US GB EI 2K SPE 20110203 No schedule Storage Projector KL Status Dowser data 1798 GB free of 1853 GB Lamp Figure 272 Projector Communication Failure 2 Storage needs assistance Figure 273 o This message is displayed if at least one of the available RAID storages is degraded or faulty For example RAID md0O or RAID md1 H Screen ee Storage needs assistance Software Version SR Serial Nu mha Ge eg User Level admin SuperUser Alert Message OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Li data E 3 e opt create Quick Access Links amp Storage Details s Fg d b Reset all drives Unit Information hw0 Waming 1862 94 GB 10 Raid5 3 Figure 273 Storage Needs Assistance IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 219 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 8 CineLister Schedule Tab The Schedule tab allows
47. i o SS CG 4 ter J O Q _ N S N Sticker Management SS Network Switch Digital Audio Processor Computer Theater General Purpose Automation DLP Series 2 Input Output Interface Projector TMS LMS Media Network Computer Switch Theater Complex Set Up IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 305 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 306 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs 24 Appendix G Updating Web Based User Interface Version e Obtain the latest update package from the FTP Site Contact Doremi Labs Technical Support to confirm the latest version Log into the unit using a FTP client Go to the data incoming GUI folder Place the file in the GUI folder Log onto the IMS1000 and go to Control Ingest Ingest Scan Figure 341 E screen IMS1000 ng est I re M M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser Button OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT ee Refresh si Local Co O reate luck ACCESS LINKS Nae Local Storage Le all elements Le Select all Hide ingested content Storage ocalhost scanne inuies a a S GH AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K SPE 20110713 SCW_OV P ac k ag e gt AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D_TLR 1_S_EN XX_US G8_51_2K_SPE_20110713_SCW_OV to Ingest mu k opp vi DR Alice In Won3D_TSR 1 2D S EN XX_US GB 1 2K DI 20090707 _TDC S Alice In Won3D_TSR 1 2D
48. is an application that lets the operator log important information e g hard disk replacement projector lamp replacement etc It will help the system administrator keep track of any change operated in a theater booth The log records created with the Log Operator Maintenance application are stored for one year The Log Operator Maintenance application is available in Administration Control Panel Log Operator Maintenance The tab will default to the Event Log tab 12 11 1 Event Log Tab Screen IMS1000 N S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 ser Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT di Scheduled Tab Figure 165 Event Log Tab e o create an event log click on the New button Figure 165 e The user will need to authenticate themselves as admin by inputting the correct password to be allowed to use this application e The following window will appear Figure 166 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 149 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Record Maintenance Event Select the subject that best describes the operation maintenance you have done and press Record to permanently store the event Author admin Subject Annual maintenance activities Visual board inspection dust removal Cancel Button Record Button e The Author of the log will be shown as admin Figure 166 Record Maintenance Window e Add a comment in the Comment field
49. is located in the Projector section in the Select an Action to Insert drop down menu Figure 139 e Click the Insert button e The following window will appear Figure 144 Channel Settings ProjectorName Projector Value 1 Switch to Projector channel number 1 Figure 144 Add a New Action Window Channel Switch e Choose the name of the projector from the drop down menu window that appears Figure 144 e Use the plus minus buttons to select the channel to send the command to e Click the Ok button 12 5 9 Automation Library Usage 12 5 9 1 Using Automation Library Support for theater automation control is provided The list of currently supported devices is e eCNA e JNior Expansion Module e JNior When one of the supported devices e g eCNA and JNior is added the Macro Editor will allow the user to use the corresponding commands for each device e o use a library command click on Library in the Add an Action window and click Insert e The following pop up window will appear Figure 145 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 130 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Library Driver Certainty Action SET 4K _MODE_OFF Message Message Label SET 4K MODE OFF Device Name Certainty Message Type Text Message 29 CTRL 1 S4KMODE 0 0 N r n Figure 145 Library Window e Select the desired driver and action Click the Ok button or Cancel to cancel this command 12 5 9 2 Resulting Macro Setting e The
50. l ToyStory 2 3D_Intermission 5_F_EN XX_US _ 1_2K_DI_i3D amp Showplaylist Trailers Trailer 127 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB bi ZK TOF 20100823 TDC AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D _TLR 1_S DO USR 51 2K SPE 201 BRIDESMAIDS TLR 1_F EN XX_US GB 51 2K UP 20110201 LES Start Time Elements Figure 223 Editor Tab e Click on the New button from the CineLister Editor tab Figure 223 Click on the elements to add to the SPL from the left pane of the GUI Figure 223 e The user can filter the elements or search for a specific element to make it easier to add them to a Show Playlist Figure 223 e The element s will appear in the right pane Figure 224 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 188 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Element 00 00 00 Black Refresh N 0 CE A Properti ae OS e Save Quick Access Links resi ew pen ave gt roperties x e ba Button Create Quick Access Links railable eleme Show Plavii Deeg Be SPL Trailers 2D Delete Pattern 00 00 04 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K UP 2 Black 00 02 35 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2_TLR 1_5 DO US GB 51 2K WR2 Black 3D 00 04 56 TRON LEGACY TLR 2 3D S EN XX _US GB 51 2K Dt 2010 Black 30 48 00 07 26 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D F DAN US GB 51 EN 2K WB Policy e i 00 09 49 KARATE KID TLR 2 F_EN XX
51. manual 10 01 2014 Section 16 5 added 5 10 09 2014 Section 26 added Sections 21 and 22 modified Addition of the statement Important Reboot the projector prior to beginning the Marriage process in SECH ak Section 5 9 Installation and Marriage with a Barco Series 2 projector IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 320 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs
52. of the GUI in the Show Playlist and Overview tabs Figure 302 e To see an updated view of the tab will all available licenses click on the Refresh button To search for a specific license click on the Search button To select or unselect all of the licenses click the Select All button Figure 305 13 10 5 1 License Properties Clicking anywhere on the line of a highlighted License or on the Properties icon that appears on the right will display information about that license on the bottom portion of the tab Figure 305 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 242 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs doremi Refresh Butto n Create Quick Access Links Delete Button License Properties IMS1000 ee SE sion Ze Button Serial Number 332132 admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL am WI Refresh CO Delete ke Search m Select all F un Description A 2014 05 28T00 00 00 00 00 PartialBlackout IMS Properties Icon Gel 2029 12 13T00 00 00 0000 firmware IMS FW 4 2 10 0 license IMS Select All Properties ID um uuid 203e13e2 e808 41d9 a076 48a67bb3a3a9 Not valid before 2014 05 28T00 00 00 00 00 Product IMS Not valid after 2014 08 28T00 00 00 00 00 Valid for 2 month s 0 week s Figure 305 Licenses Tab 13 10 5 2 Delete a License e Select the license from the list and then click on the Delete button Figure 305 e A Manager password will be needed to perform the deletion If the user is already log
53. or network switch Figure 25 Install a ferrite core clamp near the connector closest to the IMS1000 Refer to Section 25 for more information on ferrite core clamp installation ae mr Ethernet Cable Figure 25 Ethernet Connector e Note Ethernet port EthO is set to DHCP by default All IMS1000 boards are shipped from the factory with the following default IP address for Eth1 o IP 192 168 100 50 o SM 255 255 255 0 o GW 192 168 100 1 For more information refer to Section 23 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 43 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 4 7 Power on Projector e Connect AC power to the projector Figure 26 Figure 26 AC Power e Turn the projector on The expected boot up time is about 2 30 minutes Figure 27 Please refer to the projector manufacturer manual for proper power up sequence Figure 27 Power Switch 4 8 Accessing the GUI e To access the IMS1000 GUI Graphical User Interface launch your browser on the computer that is connected and enter the IP address into the browsers window You will be presented with the Doremi IMS1000 Login screen e Enter Username doremi e Enter Password doremi e Click the Login button IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 44 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 4 9 Configuring the Device In order for the projector to communicate with the IMS1000 the projector must be configured in the Device Manager While the projector is booting up configure the device i
54. or restore from an external drive at any time Note Support is forthcoming for FTP backups 12 17 1 Automatic Backup of System The Backup Manager application will generate an automatic backup file to the local drive e g RAID daily It will also allow the user to back up and restore the configuration files to and from an external drive e g e SATA or USB Note The user does not have control over the time at which the automatic backup is generated The backup will generate at 6 25 GMT or at the next boot up 12 17 1 1 Viewing the Backup File Record s To open the Backup Manager application go to Administration Control Panel Backup Manager The Restore Backup tab will appear showing the latest backups available Figure 193 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 167 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs a q remi IMS1 000 Sereen IMS1000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT 0 Restore e Legends J Automatic Backup iLoca Backup FTP Backup amp extemal Media B k r e Click Generate button to generate a new backup then select a location acKup tab Create Quick Access Links e Click Restore button to restore the selected backup then select categories Generate backup Location All locations gt ims 332132 2014 05 20723 32 35 Fullname opt backup IMS1000_332132_2014 06 20T21 32 40 dbk zip Last Description ims 332132
55. plug the end into the connector labeled AES OUT 9 16 Figure 49 e Plug the other end of the shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable into the audio processor Note If the audio processor does not have RJ 45 connectors but has a single DB25 connector then you will need to use the RJ 45 to DB25 converter that is provided with the IMS1000 Figure 50 91 642 gu wi oipny SAV ee mg Figure 50 RJ 45 to DB25 Converter IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 57 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 5 4 GPI GPO Cables Installation GPI GPO 1 8 9 16 D Figure 51 GPI GPO Connectors e Plug one shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable end into the connector labeled GPI on the IMS1000 board Figure 51 Install a ferrite core clamp near the connector closest to the IMS1000 Refer to Section 2525 for more information on ferrite core clamp installation e Plug the other end of the shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable into whichever automation controller is available or required e Take another shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable and plug the end into the IMS1000 connector labeled GPO Figure 51 Install a ferrite core clamp near the connector closest to the IMS1000 Refer to Section 25 for more information on ferrite core clamp installation e Plug the other end of the shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable into whichever automation controller is available or required 5 4 1 GPI GPO Pin Out Information Figure 52 RJ45 Socket Pin Out IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 58 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi
56. the Configuration Files Automatic Backup One of the system storage component has changed Backup point IMS 1000 303546 2014 06 05116 15 51 System IMS 1000 Date 2014 06 05116 15 51 07 00 Yes Button Host Name IMS1000 IP Address 10 11 25 181 Serial Number 303546 Would you like to restore the system to this backup point Figure 194 Restore e To restore the configuration files now click on Yes e Aconfirmation window will appear asking to proceed with the restoration process Click on Yes e A log in window will appear Enter the appropriate password and click on Ok e The restore process will now begin Figure 195 o Note You may cancel at any time by clicking on the Cancel button Processing Generating backup file SUCCESS Generated opt backup IMS1000 332132_2014 06 05123 10 21 dbk zip os gesch Figure 195 Restore Process Window e Click on the Close button to exit out of the Restore window e To view the backup go to the Restore Backup tab e The restore process is now complete 12 17 4 Manual Back Up and Restore Note This section assumes the user wants to manually back up or restore the configuration files at any time The user can back up or restore the configuration files to a local drive RAID or to an external drive e g e SATA or USB Back up or restore cannot be performed while unit is in playback IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 169 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 17 4 1 Manual B
57. the GUI e To access the IMS1000 GUI Graphical User Interface launch your browser on the computer that is connected and enter the IP address into the browsers window You will be presented with the Doremi IMS1000 Login screen e Enter Username doremi e Enter Password doremi e Click the Login button IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 60 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 5 8 Configuring the Device In order for the projector to communicate with the IMS1000 the projector must be configured in the Device Manager While the projector is booting up configure the device in the Device Manager To access the Device Manager go to Administration Device Manager Figure 28 New Device e Screen Button dremi IMS1 000 Software Version geg Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT rcess Links P New R Delete create Quick Access Links Certainty Figure 57 Device Manager e Select Projector from the New Device drop down menu Figure 29 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 61 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Projector Selected Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser doremi OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT ol g New R Delete create Quick Access Links Figure 58 Add Projector Drop Down e Populate the projector parameters that appear Figure 30 Screen IMS1000 il 0 re
58. the IMS1000 hard drives o HDMI signal source is an external device e g BD player that connects via HDMI cable to the IMS1000 SDI signal source is an external device that connects via SDI cables to the IMS1000 e Scaling The following masking scaling is selectable from the drop down menu o Side Masking o Top Bottom Masking o One to One O 13 11 2 2 System Tab The second tab displays the networking configuration Figure 311 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 247 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs User Level admin SuperUser bi Screen IMS1000 fj re Mn WM S 1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Create Quick Access Links Browse Projectors General Network Configuration P 192 163 254 246 Save Netmask 255 255 255 0 Button Save as Gateway 192 168 254 241 Default Button Restore Button Figure 311 System Tab e The following networking configuration information is displayed o IP o Mask sub network mask o Gateway e The user can modify the network configuration by inputting the desired configuration in the designated fields Root privileges are required to change the networking parameters e Click Save to confirm the changes These changes take immediate effect and they expire when you reboot the unit being replaced by the default networking configuration Figure 311 e You can save these settings as default by pressing
59. the audio processor does not have RJ 45 connectors but has a single DB25 connector then you will need to use the RJ 45 to DB25 converter that is provided with the IMS1000 Figure 22 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 41 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Figure 22 RJ 45 to DB25 Converter 4 5 GPI GPO Cables Installation L br d IR D 3 AES OUT Se car T cue Mme T Eat a A Figure 23 GPI GPO Connectors e Plug one shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable end into the connector labeled GPI on the IMS1000 board Figure 23 Install a ferrite core clamp near the connector closest to the IMS1000 Refer to Section 25 for more information on ferrite core clamp installation e Plug the other end of the shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable into whichever automation controller is available or required e Take another shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable and plug the end into the IMS1000 connector labeled GPO Figure 23 Install a ferrite core clamp near the connector closest to the IMS1000 Refer to Section 25 for more information on ferrite core clamp installation e Plug the other end of the shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable into whichever automation controller is available or required IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 42 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 4 5 1 GPI GPO Pin Out Information OOO Figure 24 RJ45 Socket Pin Out 4 6 Ethernet Cables e Connect an Ethernet cable to the Ethernet connector on the IMS1000 and the other end of the cable to either a laptop
60. the right hand side of the GUI in the MediaBlock and Status Overview tabs Figure 317 e Storage Details which is the top half of the screen lists all the RAID builds configured on the server On the right side of the GUI there is a visual representation of the information for each RAID build in the first tab The second tab has the Reset All Drives button see Section 15 3 for more information e Unit Information which is the bottom half of the screen lists all the disks configured in the selected RAID IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 257 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs RH Screen IMS1000 re Mn i M S 1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 RAI D Serial Number 332132 39213 User Level admin SuperUser Selected OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WI Reset Drives Tab oO S create Quick Access Links opt Storage Details D i S k Healthy data J Selected Heathy 1353 1 Gp f 55 59 GB 1797 51 GB General Unit Information RA D mp SMART Information H RawReadErrorRat 100 z J D j S k Beo jands SEN e g 931 5 GB allo vent norm Information em eae Gae mm SeekTimePerformance norm 100 HGST HCC541010A9E680 SpinRetryCount norm 100 CurrentPendingSector raw 0 JA100010K25Y4M OfflineUncorrectable raw 0 UDMAGrCError raw 0 SATA Temperature raw 163209478170 Figure 321 Storage Tab E Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRAT
61. time K ERIWER Update Tab Timezone Europe Ro om UTC Offset 120 minutes 2 Next DST change Sun Oct 26 02 37 U pd ate a Button Figure 103 Change Time Drop Down Window e Once the appropriate time change has been selected and appears within the box labeled Change Time click the Update button to save this setting Figure 103 e SuperUser privileges are necessary to save the change e f you exceed your allotted 6 minute limit contact your first tier Support representative IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 93 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 10 4 NTP Servers NTP Network Time Protocol Servers are specific servers that sync the time and date on your unit to the UTC time To access the NTP Servers tab click on the green arrow button on the right side of the Date and Time tab found by going to Administration Control Panel Time Settings Figure 103 Click the Add button to add your NTP server Figure 104 E ocreen IMS1000 fj re Mn M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Wi Add D u Butto n Create Quick Access Links Last synchronisation date Wednesday 27 Feb 2013 14 10 54 01 year 03 months 19 days 02 hours 52 minutes and 32 seconds ago Last synchronisation offset 0 second pool ntp org Extra delay seconds g Figure 104 NTP Servers IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 94 of 320 Version 1 7 Dore
62. window To edit the action click on the Properties icon that appears on the right Figure 146 The user will be able to edit the properties and set the action when added to the Macro Automation Cue 12 5 10 3 Action and Macro Removal e o remove an action from the list of actions associated with a Macro Automation Cue select the action in the Macro Actions window and click the X that appears on the right Figure 146 e To delete a macro in its entirety highlight it in the left side of the GUI and click on the Delete button Figure 146 12 5 11 Macro Saving e Repeat the Macro creation operations for all the Macro Automation Cues and click the Save button Figure 146 e The user will be asked for a password to be able to perform the operation e Enter the appropriate password and click the Ok button SuperUser privileges are necessary in order to be able to save changes If you are already logged in as a SuperUser the Password window will not appear Selecting the Revert button will close a document without saving the changes Use this with caution Figure 138 e The Macro Automation Cues will be available in CineLister in order to create a ShowPlaylist Note The saving operation will not only save the Macro Automation Cues but also the Trigger Cues that were created 12 5 12 Add a Macro to a Show Playlist For information on how to add a macro to an SPL please see Section 13 3 1 1 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 132 of 320 Version
63. workaround is to execute the command doremi sbin sbcsetup out f verify repair and reboot the unit IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 291 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 292 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 18 Appendix A General Purpose Output Connection Diagram GPIOBUS iow GPO e DRAN J l GPOR O rA LC AC 3 SN AAC taAa weit GPOIs Q oA Sp us GPC 5 t SG j t ze Ai gn IMS OM 002949 DRM Typical Application GC 5V up to 24V re nt 2 ge he GPO INTERFACE GPO 0 GOU Each general purpose output has an open collector stage The stage can turn on relays with voltage range of 5V to 24V and current up GPO 1 cro feron em GPOf5 GPO 3j E GPOJ 3 EN Y Vie AR CA x Or RUHSE 5380 04 w Ce 8 ay Page 293 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 294 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs 19 Appendix B General Purpose Input Connection Diagram 3 3V GPI INTE RFACE Typical Application A R42 a s 5V up to 24V og GPIO ii 10 ut T 5V 3 3V 4 gt LV 5465 De ke net G IMS1000 gt R575 GPI 1 GPI1 GPI Each general purpose input will turn on if you feed BE a current between 4mA and 40mA which corresponds to voltages between 5V and 24V SHELDE 73 R40 t4 IW LL GPI
64. 0 A ferrite core can help reduce unwanted high frequency interference received by these cables e Install one ferrite core 2 inch 5 1mm from each end of the Ethernet cables near the RJ45 plugs that will be connected to the IMS1000 EthO A E connectors e Install one ferrite core 2 inch 5 1mm on each Ethernet cable near the RJ45 plug that will be connected to the IMS1000 GPI GPO connectors 25 1 Mounting the Ferrite Core Clamp e Open the ferrite core clamp and attach it 2 inch 5 1mm to the end of the cable that is closest to the connector that is to be attached to the IMS1000 o If nessecary push the catch to open the ferrite core clamp Figure 344 Figure 344 Clamp Catch e Close the ferrite core clamp tightly around the cable Figure 345 Figure 345 Attaching the Clamp e Push the tabs until they close securely with a snapping sound Figure 346 Clamp Tabs Figure 346 Clamp Tabs e The procedure is now complete IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 310 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs 26 Appendix Maintenance Guide The section below provides instructions for preventive maintenance operations applicable to the IMS1000 26 1 Software Maintenance Update the software firmware security manager and hotfixes as indicated on the Doremi ftp website Complete the updates if when notified by Doremi Technical Services or at least once a year 26 1 1 Updating an IMS1000 via USB DLM Required To perform an update that requ
65. 0 1 Save Button Revert Button Figure 98 Networking Configuration Window e The Networking Configuration window will appear You will need to populate the following fields o Hostname Note It is a good idea to input the circuit location screen number in here For example DoremiScreen 1 as it will be easier to identify in the logs o Properties of both ethO amp eth1 m IP Address e Note Do not put leading zeroes 0 in front of any numbers For example do not input 192 168 100 050 m Netmask m Gateway IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 88 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Note You can use the tick box for either of these to obtain an IP address automatically with DHCP e Select the Save button to keep these settings e You will be prompted to key in a password to keep these settings See your system administrator for this password SuperUser privileges are necessary to be able to confirm the changes If the user is already logged in with SuperUser privileges a password window will not appear e o verify the setup go to Monitoring Tab Diagnostics System Networking and verify the IP Address listed in the area labeled Networking Figure 99 E Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WI P Detailed Report Monitoring Tab create Quick Access Links Networking IP Address eth0 10
66. 000 Also Macro Cues are a sequence of actions whereas an Automation Cue is only one action 12 5 1 Macro Creation Using Macro Editor e Goto the Administration tab and select Macro Editor e The Macro Editor GUI will appear Figure 136 DI Screen IMS1000 d remi ms1000 ne Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT New Gi Delete EN Settings create Quick Access Links Macro Start Time Action Dowser Close ce D Exit from Intermission J HDMI Intervallo Flat 3 minuti D Intervallo Flat 5 minuti Intervallo Manuale Intervallo scope 3 minuti Intervallo Scope 5 minuti Button Lamp Off Lamp On Play Prova Luci Skip to Segment Feature_Presentation Figure 136 Macro Editor GUI e Click on the New Macro button to begin the creation process Figure 136 e The user will be prompted to enter a name for the Macro Automation Cue Figure 137 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 125 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Macro Settings Name of the Macro Comments Figure 137 New Macro Settings e Click the Ok button when done and the Macro Editor GUI will re appear e The new macro will appear in the Macro Editor Window Figure 138 a rem IMS1 000 Screen IMS1000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Delete Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser Button Settings OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING DE fal Q Button New Gi Delete Lei Settings
67. 002949 DRM Page 178 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 19 Automatic Log Upload Manager The Automatic Log Upload Manager allows the user to generate a log and upload it to a location that he she selects The user is able to automate log generation at a specified frequency To access the Automatic Log Upload Manager go to Administration Control Panel Automatic Log Upload Manager Figure 212 Check the Active Log Uploading check box to ensure that the logs are being uploaded Figure 212 Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser doremi OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT create Quick Access Links gt Add Gi Delete Active log uploading Add Frequency Daily H Time 04 H 00 H AM R Button File name Default 7 IMS1000_332132_2014 06 20 2014 06 21 S e Enabled Manager Name URL Figure 212 Automatic Log Upload Manager e To generate a log specify the frequency time and select a file name Figure 212 e Click the Add button The following window will appear Figure 213 Manager Configuration Enable Name URL Usemame Test Button Password Security SMPTE logs System Doremi logs Figure 213 Configuration Window IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 179 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Make sure the Enable box is checked if this particular configuration will be used Give the configuration a name Input a desire
68. 07 re M i Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Wi e Legends E Automatic Backup Bloca Backup e FTP Backup a Extemal Media e Click Generate button to generate a new backup then select a location e Create Quick Access Links e Click Restore button to restore the selected backup then select categories Restore Button Generate backup Location All locations ine oe Seino ona poe Fullname media usb0 IMS1000_332132_2014 06 20T21 44 42 dbk zip Description ims 332132_2014 05 20723 44 36 ER ims 332132_2014 05 20723 32 35 2 Date 2014 06 20T23 44 42 02 00 Lei IMS1000 332132 2014 06 20T06 25 10 Product Name IMS1000 a 1ms1000 332132 2014 06 19706 25 10 Serial 332132 Hostname IMS1000 a 1MS1000 332132 2014 06 18T06 25 11 Group media 1ms1000 332132 2014 06 17706 25 11 IP Adress 10 11 24 105 Ei Ms1000 332132 2014 06 16106 25 10 File Size 121 kbytes Figure 207 Restore e A log in screen will appear Enter the appropriate password and click on OK e The Restore Category Selection window will appear Figure 208 Here you will be able to choose which types of files to restore or you can select all files to restore o Doremi These files include configuration files devices SNMP threshold audio and databases Identity These files include Doremi SecurityModule identity certi
69. 2 12309 SeNSIO D SUDDOM iaa E E 122 E GIOSEO CapllOl SUDDON seran n E N T ori ee i 122 12 3 8 Subtitle Engine Configuration seeren E NAE AN 122 1239 IWISSIM QUEIG GINS C arg eastocsiettnbracnnetine utente sactusnay ee 123 Ae WUER 125 124 AUTOMATION E EE 125 t25 MAGCIOAULOMAUON EE 125 12 5 1 Macro Creation Using Macro Editor ccc eccecsseccsseessseeeseesesseessseesseesesseeesseeeegs 125 i262 Editing a Macro Automaton Cue EE 126 12 5 3 Inserting Actions into Macro CUS eiciia A E 127 12 5 4 Add a GPO Action to the Macro Automation ue 128 125 5 Playpack ACTION EE eebe R ET 128 1256 Video OPU ACTION IMSCRION snope nn nano A T 129 12 5 7 Dower Action INS ITION serce n a a 129 12 5 8 Projector Channel Switch Insertion cecesscccssssessssseeseseeeceseeeessesesssesesssasesssaees 130 t29 Automaton WIDEANY E Le 130 125 9 USING Automaton LIDIANY EE 130 125 9 2 Resulting Macro Seting nesaiseean aa i ET 131 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 6 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 5 10 Action List Management kee 132 12 0101 EE EIDEN ee 132 Mcp Ke te le a 132 12 5 10 3 Action ANd Macro REMOVAL ccccssccsssccssstccessscecssecccessscscssnecessesecssenesesseaeces 132 TZN MACO SAVING WEE 132 12 5 12 Adda Macro to a Show Playlist 0 00 eccssccsssecessseecesseeessseeeessseeesseeessseeeessaees 132 E ER dee GUC TaD E 133 1261 Mgder Cue Ee BET 133 1262 Toge Cue Creio BEE 133 12 6 3 Connection to a General Purpose Inpu
70. 2 RUSE 5380 04 3 3V is Ret OAR GPI 3 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 295 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 296 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs 20 Appendix C LED Behavior Front Panel LED specification SM LEDs HDD 1 HD HDD 3 7 An 7 2 O doremi Ms enen N o C W uU ir ES 1 ETH 0 gt O eSATA O p a GPIOO GPO 1 8009 16 12 34 Cad eee ee CPU 1 amp 2 LEDs SERIAL NUMBER HDMI LED SDI A B LEDs Figure 340 Front Panel LEDs The behavior of the CPU LEDS is the following Orange Off e Degraded RAID or Smart Issue Detected e Marriage Broken but Blackout DLM grants playback Off e CPU cannot play due to ERROR e Marriage is Broken or Disks RAID not detected The HDMI LED behavior is the following No HDMI signal detected HDMI detected with supported format HDMI detected with un supported format IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 297 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs The behavior of the SM1 and SM2 LEDs is the following Green SM operational Any SM in FIPS lock different color of SM2 can indicate the reason for Fips lock To Be Defined The behavior of the SM3 and SM4 LED is the following ae Ia aan Orange Red Service Door is open Marriage is not activated Marriage is initialized armed but marriage not verified Green Marriage is not initialized armed service door and physical marriage are ok
71. 20 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 16 2 Live Event in e CN 165 12163 Deleting GiLIVE CPL rnrneii e E het eat nace laa seeual Deas 166 1217 Backup VIG AGE eege 167 1217 1 Automatic BACKUP of SY Eu DEE 167 12 17 1 1 Viewing the Backup File Record s ce eeccsssecssstccesscecsseeecessesecsseeeeeeseneees 167 12 17 2 Restoring the System to a Previous Backup 168 12 17 38 Restoring the Configuration Files nessis en 169 12 17 4 Manual Back Up and Restore osnnenennooensseseseseessresssreessrrsssresssersseressrenssreessreessreesns 169 t21741 IManvaliBack UP tO RAID RE 170 12 17 4 2 Manual Back Up to External Drve eccccccssccsssseeeesseeeessseeesseeessseeesssaeeens 171 T2175 Deleting BACKUP FICK Shenron acenlepeslete esa cons cecil E ae ceaterecabwens 172 1217 6 PCSIOMNG BACKUP ME EE 173 12172621 TREStONAG TOMI AND EE 173 12 17 6 2 Restoring from an External Drei 175 12 18 ee ee E 177 12 19 Automatic Log Upload Manager 179 12 20 Threshold Ee e 181 1220 11 Temperatures Ke DE 181 12202 WOW ASS E Le E 182 1220 MAINS IPC EE 183 12204 GOUNTECS Eeer 183 t2209 e RE EN E zesce casteeauttansconstaaaensuetecedescedusceatleleears E N 184 13 COMMON TaD EE 186 13 1 Show Management USING CGmelrster 186 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 9 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs TOZ Oester EOF TAD EE 186 13921 EE e Te EE 187 13 22 Audio Visual Cone Mi eege reet ee saunenzabis 187 29 SNOW FAVS ChCAUOR EE 188 13 3 1 How to Create a New Show
72. 20 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 10 4 2 Download Highlighting a SPL will reveal the Download icon on the right hand side Figure 302 This allows the user to download the SPL onto a computer and to view the CPLs in the SPL After selecting a SPL and clicking the Download button the user will be asked to save or open the file 13 10 4 3 Information Select a SPL and click on it to get details regarding the SPL The SPL Information window pops up and displays the SPL Properties tab all CPLs in it and the Related Schedules tab Figure 303 and Figure 304 SPL Information Related schedules Name NewSPL Duration 02 17 41 CPL Name UUID um uuid 3d9d2c67 6680 46d8 ba52 ce7Sadc5dc8s um uuid cSe9b992 a933 436e 9f8d c1 fed 96ed6d9 um uuid 897 7 a5bi d9bd 444e 35c3 ae67 Oced5fe Figure 303 Properties Tab IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 241 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs SPL information Properties Start time Mode Annotation text 2013 06 2671 2 39 00 07 00 Pending Schedule 2013 06 277T12 39 00 07 00 Pending Schedule 2013 06 29112 39 00 07 00 Pending Schedule Figure 304 Related Schedules Tab 13 10 5 Licenses Tab e The Licenses page contains the list of all the licenses available on the unit including the expiration date and short description of the usage of the license Figure 305 On this page the user is allowed to delete licenses To access the Licenses tab click on the green arrow on the right hand side
73. 28 02 00 CPLSeaquencePlaved Figure 324 Log Records The user can search by date Figure 325 class Figure 326 or use the advanced filter option Figure 327 using their respective buttons Figure 324 Date Filtering Date Range Custom range Starting date 07 23 2013 Ending date 07 30 2013 Figure 325 Date Filtering IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 261 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Glass and Type Filtering Class All Figure 326 Class Filtering Advanced Filtering Database System Severity All Id Range Low record Creator Keyword Device id Figure 327 Advanced Filtering 14 6 1 1 Properties To view the properties of an individual record highlight the record and click anywhere on the line or on the Properties icon that appears on the right Figure 324 The Properties window will appear and the two tabs will provide information on the specific record Click the Close button to return to the tab Figure 328 and Figure 329 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 262 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 4m 13119 Maintenance Security TimeAdjust Today Properties 13119 ity Information 2013 07 30T06 25 16 07 00 Maintenance Security TimeAdjust Byex6G2G xmF1 8viAWUdEHZV2xi Keywords Figure 328 Main Properties Tab Aa 13119 Maintenance Security TimeAdjust l Today Main Properties Property Name Property Value Authid root TimeAdjust d Close Button Figure 329 Properti
74. 284 K DN Ree sere 284 UE HOST CARON E A E E A E E A E ET 284 e KO le re DEE 286 17 8 3 Playback Stops IN BetWeen CLIPS ccc eccscccssccessecesseeeesseeesseessseeeesseesseesesseessaeeeees 286 A83 teuer 286 ue cree E Ee gt Le Le RE 286 EE E e e EE 286 17 84 EMPOY SHOW Play liS EE 287 hf cy a Mmm Ree DEE 287 Tore ddenai atiemescntearicettcnaatetacshte a a tame 287 ee E e e KEE 287 1728 0 Playpack Eeer 287 Meee ADCS CTO TO E 287 1782 OCMC ATON WEE 287 KE sO UE le Te E 288 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 16 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Z9 SSE ISCO OG EE 288 17 91 EHM 288 e Se Te e EE 288 aI eo e e EE 289 PO HIPS JOCK saat cite acne cae E E OEA 289 17 10 1 PSS CUO D 289 HE Identical oN aneii r 289 WAOS 16 9 VE 290 Ke GE e e 290 17 11 1 EVES GMI OM Meee 290 Mee dee eet ee NEE 290 eS UE 1 0 EE E 290 17 12 Unit Not Booting When Drives Are Installed s 000nnnnoennnnonnnssnennssnnnesssnnesssnnesssnressnn 290 17 12 1 BS laten D 290 E e Ter ee EE 290 PAs 2 SOMO EE 290 17 13 Green Screen lmage eenid a a aN 291 17 13 1 PEPSI ENON D 291 ilo TANU AMON EE 291 ASS Ee UE e EE 291 ZITA EE 291 17 14 1 Beete E 291 17142 NOCMMEAUOM WEE 291 AIAS OOO EE 291 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 17 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 18 Appendix A General Purpose Output Connection Diagram c ccssesssseseeeeeeeenees 293 19 Appendix B General Purpose Input Connection Diagram cccsssesesseeeeeeeeeeees
75. 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Doremi Streamit create Quick Arras Lams ve from 42 0 0 1 Live source device type Doremi Streamit Content title Doremi Streamit Device IP 42 0 0 1 Figure 189 CPL Created IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 164 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Note The MPEG Streamer format is dynamically handled This means that the 4 2 2 vs 4 2 0 parameter is automatically detected from the MPEG stream itself There is no need to provide this information to the playback engine e Repeat the steps above as many times as necessary to generate another live CPL To view the properties of the CPL highlight the CPL and click on the Properties button on the right hand side Figure 189 CPL Information Video Audio Caption Subtitle ID Creation Creator Company Femme Assets SPL s KDM s Doremi Streamit MPEG2 1920x1080 24 Kind PCM 24b Gch Disk size Standard Duration um uuid 82bf49a0 5135 1b65 218e 61818757c482 2014 06 03T1 3 07 02 02 00 Live Manager 2 6 4 0 Figure 190 CPL Properties This information is the same information provided in the Content Manager Composition Playlist tab Figure 190 See Section 13 10 2 for more detailed information 12 16 2 Live Event in Cinelister To use the Live CPL allowing a live event open CineLister go to Control CineLister e The newly created live
76. 4 VC1 MXF Interop 720p 60 fps 1080i 1080p up to 30 fps Bitrates up 5OMBits s 4 2 0 8bits Video processing features Color conversion support YCbCr601 YCbCr709 RGB rec709 XYZ and YCxCz De Interlacing Scaler upscale up to 4K To be released Q3 2014 Security Doremi Forensic Watermarking for audio and video FIPS 140 2 Level 3 Security certified Audio 16 channels AES EBU 24bits up to 96KHz Alternative Content HDMI input See Annex D for the list of supported formats HDSDI 1 5 Gbit Support Dual 3GSDI support is forthcoming Q3 2014 Live content network input Alternative audio routing using HDMI audio SDI embedded audio and live input Pre Loaded Test Content Used for testing playback when hard drives are not installed See Section 16 2 for more information Input Output Ports 2x Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 Eth0 is full speed Eth1 is max 500mbit s 1x eSATA 3GBit s 3x USB 2 0 1x HDMI input 2x 3GSDI bidirectional input and output support is forthcoming Q3 2014 8x AES pair using 2x RJ45 4x GPI ports 1x RJ45 6x GPO ports 1x RJ45 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 28 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 3 3 Environmental Specifications Temperature Range Ambient e Operating 10C to 40C or 50F to 104F e Non operating 20C to 60C or 4F to 140F 3 4 Performance Storage Power e The IMS1000 uses 3 x 1TB HDDs 2 5 providing 2TB of media storage e Raid 5 storage is hardware ba
77. 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT T Ae Manual create Quick Access Links Schedule JUMPING THE BROOM TLR 2 S EN XX_US GB DEFIANCE TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K PC_200 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D E EMA ER SI Tab remaining 00 01 54 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D F EMA US ER 51 EN JUMPING THE BROOM_TLR 2_S EN XX_US GB_51_ UKE CRAZY _TLR 1_F EN XX_US GB 51 2K PC 2 e NightBefMas TLA 9 S EN XX_US GB 51_2K DL remaining 00 05 20 Mode Play then Eject Figure 270 Playback Lock Mode In Schedule mode the user is unable to change playback Figure 271 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 217 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Screen IMS1000 a re Mn M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser Schedule Mode OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT W 7 Schedule Create Quick Access Links JUMPING THE BROOM TLR 2 S EN XX_US GB DEFIANCE_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_PC_200 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D E EA SR _ remaining 00 01 54 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D F EN US GB_51 EN JUMPING THE BROOM_TLR 2_S EN XX_US GB 51__ UKE CRAZY _TLA 1_F EN XX_US GB 51 2K PC 2 e NightBefMas TLR 9 S EN XX_US GB 51 2K DL remaining 00 05 20 Figure 271 Schedule Mode 13 7 6 Playback Alert Messages Currently there are two alerts available for playback errors These errors are displayed at the top of
78. Actions Choose the action Play Figure 141 Playback Actions Setup Window IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 128 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Select the proper playback action between Play Pause Toggle Play Pause Re cue Show Rewind Skip to Next Clip Skip to ShowPlaylist Segment or Exit from Intermission and click the Ok button 12 5 6 Video Output Action Insertion e To adda Video Output Actions highlight the desired Macro Cue e Select the Video Output Actions option which is located in the Playback section in the Select an Action to Insert drop down menu Figure 139 e Click the Insert button e The following window will appear Figure 142 Video Output Actions Choose the action Default video output Figure 142 Video Output Set Up Window 12 5 7 Dowser Action Insertion e To adda Dowser Action highlight the desired Macro Cue e Select the Dowser Action option which is located in the Projector section in the Select an Action to Insert drop down menu Figure 139 e Click the Insert button e The following window will appear Figure 143 Dowser Settings Projector Name Projector Value Close Close Projector dowser Figure 143 Add a New Action Window Dowser IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 129 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 5 8 Projector Channel Switch Insertion e To adda Projector Channel Switch Action highlight the desired Macro Cue e Select the Projector Channel Switch Action option which
79. Actions window Click on the Properties icon that appears to edit the event Figure 154 To delete the action associate with the Trigger Cue highlight it in the Trigger Cue Actions window Click on the X that appears to delete the event Figure 154 12 6 6 Trigger Cue Saving e Repeat the Trigger Cue creation operation for all Trigger Cues that are created and click the Save button Figure 154 Clicking the Revert button before saving will cause the unsaved information to be lost Figure 154 e The user will be asked for a password to be able to perform the operation SuperUser privileges are necessary to confirm the changes If the user is already logged in with SuperUser privileges the password confirmation window will not appear e Enter the appropriate password and click the Ok button e The Trigger Cues will now be available within CineLister so that the user can include them in a Show Playlist Note The saving operation will not only save the Trigger Cues but also the Macro Automation Cues IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 137 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 6 7 Pre Defined Macro Usage lf the user has a pre defined macros xml file containing automation and trigger cue definitions then copy it into the doremi etc folder and the corresponding macros will be visible in the Macro Editor GUI The user will then be able to update the cues if needed from the Macro Editor GUI 12 6 8 Default Cues The default_cues xml file can be
80. B bd Reset Slot A Apply Reset ICP Figure 36 Option Slot Window e Click the Installation button and then click the Re Marriage button Figure 37 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 49 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Installation Button Re Marriage Button Re Marriage Button File Setup Option TITLE INFO ES LAN UPDATE gt Installation Color Setting Option Slot EL Shield S Reset Orientation r Fan Speed Mode Setting Setting Baudrate en zm zm ER Date Time UTC Time 2013 07 01 22 41 15 2 Adj Projector Time 2013 07 02 07 41 15 Ss 1 Hour 1 Hour PC Local Apply Language DCC Language Select Convergence Adjust Figure 37 Re Marriage Button IMB Re Marriage Login ID Password Cancel Re Marriage Figure 38 Re Marriage Login Installation Advanced User Execute Enter the appropriate password and login Contact your administrator for the necessary information Click the Re Marriage button Figure 38 e A window will appear stating that the operation was successful Click Ok Figure 39 IMS OM 002949 DRM Digital Cinema Communicator for Operation Successful Figure 39 Operation Successful Window Page 50 of 320 Doremi Labs Ok Button Version 1 7 e o arm the service door push and hold the Menu button on the projector Figure 40 e Ente
81. CPL will be visible under Live in the left part of the Editor tab allowing the user to insert it in a Show Playlist like any standard CPL Figure 191 For more information on Show Playlist building see Section 13 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 165 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Al Refresh mal New X Properties Delete create Quick Access Links all elements SPL Show Playlist 2D s Pattern Black Black 3D Black 30 48 amp Trailer BRIDESMAIDS_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_UP_20110201_UDS Trigger Cues GPI 1 OFF Test Start Time Elements Figure 191 Live CPL Inserted in a Show Playlist 12 16 3 Deleting a Live CPL e To delete an existing live CPL select it in the Composition Playlist tab of the Content Manager application Click the Delete button Figure 192 Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 D e let e Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser B u tt on positic i OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Refresh Hiters R delete WD Select all create Quick Access Links N ame 127 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K TCF 20100823 TDC umn uuid 03605744 1893 4b68 9486 f2e68a764bdb AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D_ TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K SPE 20110713 _SCW_OV um uuid 00ddb948 6859 4845 bac 1 ba817421f710 BRI
82. Ch 03 is Center C Output ch 03 will be playing the CPL s Center C audio channel Ch 04 is LFE Screen Sub Woofer Output ch 04 will be playing the CPL s LFE Screen Sub Woofer audio channel Ch 05 is Left Surround Ls Output ch 05 will be playing the CPL s Left Surround Ls audio channel Ch 06 is Right Surround Rs Output ch 06 will be playing the CPL s Right Surround Rs audio channel Ch 07 is Left Center Lc Output ch 07 will be playing the CPL s Left Center Lc audio channel Ch 08 is Right Center Rc Output ch 08 will be playing the CPL s Right Center Rc audio channel Ch 09 Ch 14 These channels are pass through meaning the output channel X will be playing the CPL s audio channel X X will be a value between 9 and 14 Ch 15 is HI Output ch 15 will be playing the CPL s Hearing Impaired HI audio channel Ch 16 is VI Output ch 16 will be playing the CPL s Narration VI audio channel m Screen IMS1000 N S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser 5 E Create Quick Access Links Template Mapping 8 channels OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Channel Label Channel Label L Left Mute R Right Mute CiCenter Mute LFE Screen Mute Ls Left surround Mute Rs Right surround Mute Lc Left center Hi Hearing impaired Rc Right center VI N Narration Figure 117 Audio Mapping Set to Eight Channels IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 108 of 320
83. Click on the Setup button Figure 34 Arrow Button ab Digital Cinema Communicator for 52 LAN 192 168 100 10 File Setup Option EL Shield S Button ge Ee DIGITAL CINEMA COMMUNICATOR GG m Power Lamp Active Title Name IMB PCF DCDM_XYZ_Auto Cif i IMB XYZ 2K 239 Screen 2048x1080 No Crop SSES CH DIS 2 Preset Button No 1 3D Disable Figure 34 Setup Button e When the Setup window appears click on the Option Slot button Figure 35 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 48 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs a Digital Crema Communicator for S2 LAN 192 16 8 100 0 Sty T p Setup Option TITLE INFO J sew un UPDATE gt a Cs Slot Button Installation Color Setting Option Slot Reset r Douser Auto Control Setting Panel Key Lock GPIO E zm r Silent Mode Auto Key Lock Senno E Filter Message r3D Connector mn wm Unit Mode Sleep Timer ue RESER un Figure 35 Setup Window e Inthe Option Slot window select IMB from the drop down and click Apply Figure 36 KI Digital Cinema inema Communicator for S2 DAN 192 168 100 10 l File Setup Option un gt i Uf TITLE INFO UPDATE Shield S Setup Installation Color Setting Option Slot Reset Apply Option Slot Setting Button Slot B Not Available S Reset Slot B ot A IM
84. D EE 246 ge a I DN a 2 c Bel cle eereeementae Coreen er err creer ne art Cre tnermt a rent E ner Cone amet erate rea ever 246 UO nn EI E e EE 247 Mee NOPE cre COONS E AD E 248 13 11 2 3 1 HDMI Color Space Setting Sesen 249 1321 12 3 2 AD SDIVCOlOr SPACE SENGS E 249 Wee Wa see ONION Al EE 250 toti Oe Teller 251 TnI EE 252 E MORILONING VAD seiccctetesectrcnnreccrederecdreccieccvedanentvecciencvedanendveniencvedanmcveocienceredesmcrsccseueredoretcs 254 UAE E ele 254 OVSE fh EE 255 14 2 1 Detailed Report OVErView rire E E N 255 14 3 SATUS OVE EW TaD EE 256 124 SNAGE T BD aie tea ta eal ee NAAA AEE 257 DAA RADITI e EE 259 1453 MegaBook TQ HE 259 UAB L09 VIC WC satchel Seth chen cil et aah co T nT eee sats ti lb ainda 261 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 13 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Ee ams e ROCII erect oe rtter aerate rs eenreee T ene NU eee eg een ae ree ee 261 E tail EE 262 146 2 OG OW MO LEE 263 WAR WAST Packages E 265 19 Drive Replacements ena S 268 hols Degraded Ri 268 Toti Removing Me ele RE 268 E Ae OO EE 268 Toko nale e EE RE 268 Vz FACOG d el 269 19 21 Managing EIERE inmate ane 269 WOLD Repu ERAD EE 269 16 TEE 272 T SHAM ANOF DOTO EE 272 16 2 Pre LOaded EE 272 16 3 Temporarily Setting the Network Configuration via USb 273 16 3 1 Permanently Setting the Network Configuration ccccccccessecessseeessseeessseeessaees 274 16 4 Generating a Detailed Heport iania AE EA
85. D Shutting Down 17 2 1 Description RAID suddenly shuts down during correct operation or before any process occurs on the system Content is not seen playback suddenly stops and the data and opt status indicators will be red and the storage details will be unknown in Monitoring Diagnostics Storage 17 2 2 Identification When looking at doremi log kern log or doremi log kern log x if the issue occurred a while before the report was taken you should see these kinds of messages when this issue occurs Jul 30 14 33 51 ims1000 kernel Dolphin DEBUG WARNING Requested buffer not ready frame in bank 64 Jul 30 14 33 51 ims1000 kernel Dolohin DEBUG WARNING Requested buffer not ready frame in bank 64 Jul 30 14 33 51 ims1000 kernel ata3 00 exception Emask 0x52 SAct 0x0 SErr Oxffffffff action Oxe frozen Jul 30 14 33 51 ims1000 kernel ata3 SError RecovData RecovComm UnrecovData Persist Proto HostInt PHYRdyChg PHYInt CommWake 10B8B Dispar BadCRC Handshk LinkSeq TrStaTrns UnrecFlS DevExch Jul 30 14 33 51 ims1000 kernel ata3 00 failed command READ DMA EXT Jul 30 14 33 51 ims1000 kernel ata3 00 cmd 25 00 00 e8 ab d7 00 04 09 00 00 e0 tag 0 dma 524288 in Jul 30 14 33 51 ims1000 kernel res 40 00 02 0a 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 e0 Emask 0x56 ATA bus error Jul 30 14 33 51 ims1000 kernel ata3 00 status DRDY Jul 30 14 33 51 ims1000 kernel ata3 hard resetting link Jul 30 14 33 52 ims1000 kernel Dolphin DEBUG
86. DESMAIDS TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51 2K UP_20110201_UDS umn uuid 002bd292 e2a1 4ac5 a213 0477495711a6 DEFIANCE_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K PC_20080115_DELUXE um uuid 014d58a4 24f3 46fc 9537 ed1fd8tdae76 ST Doremi Streamit i um uuid 82bf49a0 5135 1b65 218e 61a187570482 st GAME PLAN FTR_S_EN EN_US PG_51_2K_DI_20100611_CC_CAP_EN_PTXT Ai umuuidO3afde9b cb2a 4a6c b9a3 eaf67e 1614 JUMPING THE BROOM_TLR 2_S EN XX_US GB_51_2K SPE 20110203 um uuid 00563167 dc71 4683 b888 800d8543b3ba Duration Package size Picture Figure 192 Deleting a Live Event The live CPL will be deleted from the Live Manager as well IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 166 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 17 Backup Manager The Backup Manager allows users to backup delete and restore files saved on a unit This application allows the user to back up and restore the following files on a server e Doremi These files include configuration files devices SNMP threshold audio Macros and databases Identity These files include Doremi SecurityModule identity certificates KDMs These files include KDMs and DLMs Network Includes IP addresses DNS configurations etc system These files include system user accounts group configurations and timezone information Note The Backup Manager will generate an automatic backup of these files daily The most recent backup is restored The user can manually back up files to the local drive or external drive e g e SATA or USB
87. DRM Page 214 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs D Screen IMS1000 N S 1 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Wi Ae Manual create Quick Access Links P a u S e DEFIANCE TLR 1 F EN XX US GB 51 2K PC DEFIANCE_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_PC_200 E DESPICABLE ME TLR 1B 2D F EN XX US GB 51 _ Button TUR 1B 20_F ENO US GB 51 remaining 00 01 47 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D F EMA US GB 51 EN i JUMPING THE BROOM_TLR 2_S_EN XX_US GB_51_ Ej e ct Pla LIKE CRAZY TLR 1_F EN XX US GB 51 2K PC 2 Button B y Sey Se NightBefXMas TLR 9 S EN YY LL 31 2K DL remaining 00 12 utton Mode Mode Play then Eject Drop Down Figure 267 Playback Tab e Click the Play button to load the Playlist Figure 267 e If no Playlist is selected a message will appear stating The show playlist is empty Figure 268 The ShowPlaylist is empty Click on Editor to build a new ShowPlaylist Figure 268 Empty Playlist Note If a SPL contains an element with an expired KDM the SPL will not load 13 7 2 Playback Progress The SPL progress list box displays the order of the playback Figure 269 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 215 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs E Screen IMS1000 To p WM S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 P layback Serial Number 332132 User Level admin S user wi Bar OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CO
88. E EO E 274 16 4 1 Generating a Report Vid UG 274 16 4 2 Generating a Report via Command me 274 16 4 3 Generating a Report viabel 274 16 5 RIC Battery Life Expectancy and Shelf LiPC LA eccccsssccessscsssscsessccessscssseesssscssssessseseeaes 275 17 TFOUDIESNOOUNG Eat 277 IZA AAIDINOUSCEN Al e 277 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 14 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs E Ca SNE Ke dee 277 Re EN EMT bile AE 277 VA lo Ee ur ee EE 278 Z2 RTE 4s fale DOW GE 278 TZ EE EE 278 Ee EM le AMON EE 278 EE mmm Ee EE 279 I73 EE EE 279 1721 EE EMEE ee ten atc sietaiar ceed tase snat elt atin E nth at nse aac eeieimniet ds 279 e e NUIGIG e EE 279 Eeer Tame en EE 280 IZA Audo RE 280 PEAT Re le EE 280 RE Ce Te e NEE 280 E SSO CON E 280 17 5 Communication Issue With Dolby CDe 280 17A WIC SC lee 280 ee VEER 280 TOE St OUO EE 280 17 6 Rec709 Colorspace Issue On Alteraiejopouts 281 Ech Deschpiofssserin a atcha aes aelaniaiieen 281 e Ore ite ALO EE 281 1763 EE 281 17 7 Filesystem COMUDLON eege ege ege eieiei 281 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 15 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs See Re dee 281 MET EE 281 Er Ee ur ee EEN 282 co NOW wed 2110 e 283 17 8 1 Playlist Will Not Load After Reboot or Power CyCcle ccccecsscsssessseeesseessneeees 283 KEN e eer WEE 283 148 1 2 Identificati aisn 283 e Ee E e EE 284 17 8 2 Sudden Interruption Mid Playback ccc ceccsscsssssecessseeesseeessseecsssseeessseeesseseeessaees
89. F EN XX US GB 51 2K PC 20080115 DELUXE Black DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D F EN XX_US GB 51 2K UP 2 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2_TLR 1_5 EN XX US GB 51 2K WR 2 TRON LEGACY TLR 2 3D S EN XX US GB 51 2K D 2010 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D F_EN XX US GB 51 EN 2K WB KARATE KID_TLR 2_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K SPE 2010021 LIKE_CRAZY_TLR 1_F ENAX US GB 51_2K PC 20110729 Black Start Time Elements Figure 241 Plus Button 13 6 1 Segment IMS1000 2 6 4 0 admin SuperUser LOGOUT 0 Plus Button Segment 5 Intermission Marker A segment allows the user to organize and arrange the visual presentation of a ShowPlaylist SPL into sections or segments Segments are only used as an aesthetic tool to organize the SPL and to notify the user of different sections within the SPL To create a segment click on the Plus icon in Cinelister in an existing or new SPL and select Segment from the drop down menu Figure 241 e The new segment will appear Figure 243 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 200 of 320 Doremi Labs Version 1 7 Screen 0 re II i M S1 0 0 0 Software Version Serial Number 332132 IE create Quick Access Links all elements amp K Ka K Ka OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT A Refresh ge New Open Save K Properties Delete H H SPL Trailers 3D Black 00 00 00 Black Black 3D 00 00 04 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D F EN XX_US GB 51 2K UP 2 Bla
90. G LOGOUT New Device B utto n New Gi Delete create Quick Access Links Figure 83 Device Manager e Select Projector from the New Device drop down menu Figure 84 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 76 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Selected Serial Number 332132 ee or User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT A New R Delete create Quick Access Links Figure 84 Add Projector Drop Down e Populate the projector parameters that appear Figure 85 doremi Screen IMS1000 N S 1 0 0 0 Soitware Version 2 6 4 0 serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Gi Delete Projector S Device Type Projector create Quick Access Links ey identifier Projector Projector model Christie Series 2 Le DLP Head IP 10 12 1 100 Username Machine egesgeseeeeeeg Enable subtitles Yes No Primary projector Yes No Save Button Figure 85 Projector Added e Click the Save button Figure 85 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 77 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 6 9 Marriage Once the projector and board have finished booting up the lights on the side of the projector will be red and green indicating that the board and the projector are not married The touch panel controller attached to the projector will show a second error window indicating that the marriage has not occurred Figure 86 Press the
91. IEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT gt New R Delete ei Settings create Quick Access Links Macro Start Time Action Dowser Close Exit from Intermission HDMI Intervallo Flat 3 minuti intervallo Flat 5 minuti intervallo Manuale Intervallo scope 3 minuti S Intervallo Scope 5 minuti ave Lamp Off Lamp On Button Play Prova Luci Skip to Segment Feature_Presentation 00 00 00 Playback Exit from intermission Select an action to insert H Figure 262 Exit From Intermission Macro Added 13 6 3 3 1 Exit Intermission Marker Executing the macro during Intermission will automatically begin playback of part two of the Main SPL To cause playback to jump to a specific part of the Intermission SPL instead of returning to the Main SPL the user can create a marker that works with the macro e oadd a marker in the Intermission SPL select the CPL that you want to play when the Exit from Intermission macro is executed Select the Plus button and select Marker Figure 263 doremi Screen IMS1000 M S1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT et L KW 5 N Refresh mm New Open b Properties Delete Create Quick Access Links all elements H e SPL Main SPL 2D Ki e Preshow Black 3D 48 Marker 00 00 00 Black Policy fo 00 00 05 E Showplaylist P Feature Presentation Segment PUD d
92. INISTRATION CONTROL K Properties EN Delete Let LA Refresh imal New Open Save all elements H e Black Black 3D S Black 3D 48 GA Policy Showplaylist Trailers EEN Trailer 127 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K TCF 20100823 TDC AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D_TLR 1_S_EN XX_US GB 61 2K SPE 201 BRIDESMAIDS_TLR 1_F EN XX US GB 51 2K UP 20110201_UDS DEHANCE TLR 1 F EN XX US GB 51 2K PC 20080115 DELUXE MONITORING Screen Software Version User Level SPL Trailers 3D Preshow 00 00 00 Black 00 00 04 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D F EN XX_US GB 51 2K UP 2 00 02 35 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2 TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K WR_2 00 04 56 TRON LEGACY TLR 2 3D S EN XX_US GB 51 2K DI 2010 E Feature Presentation 00 07 26 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D F DAN US GB 51 EN 2K WP 00 09 49 KARATE KID_TLR 2_F EN XX US GB 51_2K SPE 2010021 00 12 21 LIKE CRAZY TLR 1_F DAN US GB 51 2K PC 20110729 00 14 44 Black Start Time Elements Figure 244 Segments Added External Show Playlist LOGOUT IMS1000 2 6 4 0 admin SuperUser Up and Down Arrows Delete Segment The user also has the option to add a Show Playlist into another Show Playlist These are called External Show Playlists The External Show Playlist allows the content of that SPL to be inserted into the current SPL CineLister now lists the available SPLs on the left area of the editor among the other CPLs To include an external SPL into the current SPL s
93. ION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT La a Reset E Create Quick Access Links prd et 3 p Drives Button Storage Details E X Reset all drives Unit Information rd02 SMART RawReadErrorRate norm 100 ReallocatedSectorCount raw 0 931 5 GB ReallocatedEvent norm 100 SpinUpTime raw 12884901888 JAOOA560 SeekErrorRate raw 0 SeekTimePerformance norm 100 HGST HCC541010A9E680 SpinRetryCount norm 100 CurrentPendingSector raw 0 JA100010K25Y4M OfflineUncorrectable raw 0 UDMACrCError raw 0 SATA Temperature raw 163209478170 Normal Figure 322 Reset Drives Button IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 258 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 14 4 1 RAID Information Storage Details lists all the RAIDs configured on the server Clicking on an individual RAID will reveal the disks that make up the selected RAID Clicking on the individual disks will reveal the following information in the Unit Information portion as well as display a general visual representation of the RAID Figure 321 An icon to show RAID status green healthy amber degraded rebuild red missing Array device name Mount point Array size Array used disk space and free space RAID status healthy degraded rebuilding failed SMART information Model and serial number A pie chart depicting the percentage of used and free space 14 5 MediaBlock Tab To access the MediaBlock Tab click on the green arrow on the right hand side of th
94. Intermission marker For information on how to use this marker go to Section 13 6 3 3 1 13 6 3 Intermission The Intermission feature offers a quick and easy solution to create an Intermission recess during any CPL being played on servers running software version 2 6 0 or higher An Exit from Intermission macro can be created and added to allow the operator to trigger the exit from the Intermission SPL and resume the Main SPL 13 6 3 1 Intermission SPL To create the Intermission SPL go to the Cinelister Editor tab Control Cinelister Editor IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 206 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Add the desired CPLs to create an Intermission SPL that you wish to add to the Main SPL Figure 252 shows an example of an Intermission SPL doremi wt Refresh mm New K Properties create Quick Access Links Save Button all elements HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D F_EN XX_US GB 51 EN 2K WB 201 JUMPING THE BROOM_TLR 2_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K SPE 201 IMS1000 Serial Number 332132 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_UP_2009 Software Version User Level OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Delete 1 SPL Intermission SPL 2D 00 00 00 LIKE CRAZY TLR 1_F EN XX_US GB 51 2K PC 20110729 00 02 23 NightBefXMas TLR 9 S EA US GB 51_2K D 2009081 00 03 26 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2_TLR 1_5 EN XX US GB 51 2K WR_20 KARATE KID_TLR 2_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K SPE 20100218 D Kick Ass_TLR 4A_
95. K PC 20080115 D Start Time Elements Figure 254 Intermission Drop Down e Inthe window that appears select the preferred offset position time code the Intermission Playlist from the drop down of SPLs and the amount of time to rewind the SPL before the cut position Figure 255 Click Ok Edit Time Code The automation cue will be attached to the element time code AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D TLR 1 S EN X erf Des Offset from the begining of the clip 0 amp o intermission Playlist intermission SPL Minutes to rewind before cut position 01 EN 00 v EC Figure 255 Edit Intermission Window IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 208 of 320 Doremi Labs Version 1 7 o Note The minutes to rewind time amount should be smaller than the offset position time amount e The Intermission SPL has now been added Figure 256 e Click the Save button and name the SPL if necessary Figure 256 doremi Save gutt Ace K Refresh pel New E Oper Save K Properties Delete Button Create Quick Access Links Screen IMS1000 l M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT OO all elements H e SPL Main SPL 2D PreShow Black 3048 re E Policy 00 00 00 Black ToyStory 2 D_Intermission 6 E D US 51 2K DI iD 00 00 05 ToyStory 2 3D_Intermission 5_F_EN OCUS 51_2K DI GD E Showplaylist E Feaime Presen
96. Ls 13 9 1 2 Ingesting Content From A USB Drive If the content to ingest is on a USB drive plug the drive into the IMS1000 s USB Port and go to the Ingest Manager From the drop down window select Local Storage and hit the Refresh button Figure 276 e Select an item o To select or unselect all items use the Select All button Figure 277 e To search for an item use the search field Figure 277 Click on the Ingest button Figure 276 The ingest process will begin e lf an item was already ingested it will appear in gray Figure 277 o Note To hide all ingested content select the Hide Ingested Content button Figure 277 DI Screen IMS1000 doremi wem e EI Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser Hide OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT n g e st e d Search Cam Content Field Fw Create Quick Access Links Zeen La 1 allelements vin E Hide ingested content localhost scanned about 0 minutes ago Q UBER DCP TEST 2D enc reel 0206 Select amp UBER_DCP_TEST 2D enc reel 0206 Al Ingested SE Item ei Q DBOXinteropE TST F EN US_51_ ei Assets found CPL s 162 SPL s 0 PKG s 0 KDM s 0 DLM s 0 PKL s 162 Other s 0 Figure 277 USB Ingest e The user will be prompted to the Ingest Monitor tab to view the progress of the ingest 13 9 1 3 Ingesting Content from a FTP Site Use a File Transfer Protocol FTP connection to ingest an item from
97. M 002949 DRM Page 228 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 10 Content Manager The Content Manager application is a graphical user interface GUI that allows the user to browse manage and export all the content available on the player including ShowPlaylist CPL KDM and Doremi License The Content Manager application is available in the Control tab e To open the Content Manager application go to Control Content Manager e The Overview tab will appear To see an updated view of the Overview tab with all available content click on the Refresh button Figure 284 13 10 1 Overview The Overview tab lists all available CPLs Licenses SPLs and KDMs on the unit It also displays the used and free space available Figure 284 d remi IMS1 000 Screen Wem Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser Refresh B u tto n Conte e j OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT eink KE M Refresh Composition we Playlist Tab Create Quick Access Links Free disk space 1798 GB Used space 3 Figure 284 Content Manager Main Tab A complete CPL is a CPL that is playable An incomplete CPL misses elements and is therefore not playable Valid KDMs are KDMs that have not expired yet and are for trusted devices Expired KDMs are KDMs with a validity date that has expired Not yet valid KDMs reference KDMs made in advance not valid in present to be used in the future
98. Mn M S 1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 199000 User Level root Administrator OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT gt New Gi Delete Barco lt SCsCDevice Type Projector create Quick Access Links Vesper identifier Barco Projector model Barco z Series 2 DLP Head IP 192 168 100 3 Username Machine Enable subtitles Yes No Primary projector Yes No This projector is part of a Dual ProjectorIMB setup 2 Save Button Figure 59 Projector Added e Click the Save button Figure 30 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 62 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 5 9 Marriage Marriage on the Barco projector is done directly on the projector Once the projector has finished booting up the taillights at the back of the projector will be red indicating that the board and the projector are not married If there is a touch screen attached to the projector two tamper errors will appear indicating that the marriage has not occurred Figure 60 Important When a new board will be used the projector must be rebooted prior to beginning the marriage process below in order for the marriage to be successful Figure 60 Tamper Errors e Reboot the projector e To begin the marriage process push the Key button It should be red to indicate that the marriage has not been completed Figure 61 Key Button Figure 61 Red Key Button e After you push the Key button the numbered buttons s
99. NISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT ty Refresh D New a Open e K Properties al Delete Create Quick Access Links lable elements Show Plavlis all elements H e SPL Intermission SPL 2D Automation Cues 00 00 00 LIKE CRAZY TLR 1_F EN XX US GB_51_2K_PC_ 20110729 Dowser Close 00 02 23 NightBef Mas TLR 9 5 EN XX US GB 51_2K D 200908 Exit from Intermission i 00 03 18 Exit Intermission HDMI 00 03 26 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2 TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K WR2 M a rke r intervallo Fiat 3 minuti Added intervallo Flat 5 minuti Intervallo Manuale intervallo scope 3 minuti intervallo Scope 5 minuti Lamp Off Lamp On Start Time Elements Figure 265 Marker Added e The user can manually execute the macro or they can add the macro to the Intermission SPL so that it is automatically executed at a specific time Figure 265 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 213 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 7 CineLister Playback Tab To access the Playback tab click on the green arrow on the right hand side of the GUI in the Editor and Schedule tabs Figure 240 13 7 1 Playback an Existing SPL e Click on the Open button from the CineLister Editor tab Figure 240 e The following window will appear Figure 266 Show Playlist available on the server test Fire Alarm Trigger Test Reneh NewSPL Figure 266 Open SPL Window e Select the SPL to play and click OK e Next go to the Playback tab from the CineLister GUI Figure 267 IMS OM 002949
100. NTROL MONITORING Next and ae Previous a Bottom we reate Quick Access Links Playback B u tto n JUMPING THE BROOM TLR 2 S EMA US GB DEFIANCE_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K PC 200 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D F_EN XX_US GB 51 Bar HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 20 F EN Jo GB 51 EN JUMPING onOOM_TLR 2_S EN XX_US GB SI _ UKE CRAZY TLR 1_F EN XX_US GB 51 2K PC 2 Playback Icons ge NightBefMas_TLR 9 S EN XX_US GB 1 2K D remaining 00 05 20 Da gt 8 Fast Forward and Playback Rewind Button Button Figure 269 Playback Icons The top playback bar displays how much time has elapsed how much time is remaining in the individual element The bottom playback bar displays how much time has elapsed how much time is remaining in the whole SPL Figure 269 Elements already played are flagged using a yellow mark Elements currently being played are flagged using a green mark Elements that were not played due to an error are flagged using a red mark Elements that were skipped by the user have an orange mark Elements that have not yet been played do not have any marks next to them The Playback button on the bottom Notifications Bar will display if playback is in progress Figure 269 If playback is in progress clicking on the Playback button will open up the Cinelister Playback tab If playback is not in progress clicking on the button will open up the Cinelister Editor tab 13 7 3 Pause Mode e Use the Pause
101. No restrictions apply for the Comment field but it is highly recommended that the operator technician insert comments about the job performed as accurately as possible This will be used for future references about maintenance The log will be recorded based on the date and time when the log was entered into the Log Operator Maintenance application e Click the Record button or Cancel to cancel the operation Figure 166 e The logs that were added can be viewed in the Event Log tab Figure 167 e Click on the concerned log to view its properties details Figure 167 E Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser S C h ed u ed OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT ys Tasks Tab P create Quick Access Links Subject Annual maintenance activities Annual maintenance activities Annual maintenance activities Comment Fai la manutenzione ordinaria disk clean up etc Figure 167 Log Added IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 150 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 11 2 Scheduled Tasks Tab The Scheduled Tasks tab lists the different maintenance operations that exist for the IMS2000 Figure 168 It lists per maintenance operation the last time the operation was performed and the next time the operation will have to be performed For the IMS1000 the only type of maintenance operation is annual maintenance activities The tab is not modifiable To access
102. P Address eth 492 169 100 50 Product informations Product Name Serial Number Main Software Version Main Firmware Version WebUI Version Operating System Software Library Host operating system Debian 6 0 7 MD software DoremiLabs 6 0 12 0 SNMP agent DoremiLabs DOREML BIOS Intel 3 002 3 SOAP agent DoremiLabs 1 1 51 6 Kernel rescue Linux 2 6 35 rescu Figure 316 System Tab e The application is composed of four different tabs o System Provides overall information concerning the system itself o Status Overview Provides information related to the hardware o Storage Provides information concerning the storage and allows the user to repair reinitialize and replace a drive o Media Block Provides information on issues relating to the media block IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 254 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 14 2 System Tab The System tab provides general information related to the server such as Serial Number Software Firmware Version numbers IP addresses Product Name Security Manager Version WebUI Version operating system information and hardware information The System tab automatically jumps to the Product Informations section The System tab is illustrated below Figure 317 E j Screen IMS1000 Detail e eta ed Software Version 2 6 4 0 Re po rt Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser Button OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WW P Detailed Repor
103. Playlist ccsscsstscsseesescesssscssescessestscesseecsseesnaes 188 E e E E ele ele BR BET EE 190 Ee SE elei te EC deiere ET 191 T322 ag a E ne DE 193 VO rel En WE re WEE 193 ee DOV EIS LOM eebe ee ee e 193 13 4 ACCESSING BA SHOW EE 194 1341 e elle aM EXISUNG SNOW Fl E EE 194 1342 Deleting a SHOW PIA VS EE 195 13 4 3 Element PropenleSwicintinankMinindad EE E Mea mele Mieed 196 ES cers ame tee RE 197 1345 E ee ae Ke GIE MET H e BR 197 13 5 Play 2D Content in 3D Mode 198 192021 23D MOGS COMO Il DEE 198 13 5 2 How to Set the Show Playlist Mode to 21 198 120 Segment Marker Ano IAMEHNISS OW EE 200 t361 EE eege 200 BOLL SEXIST MAIS MOW DEE 202 13 6 1 2 Skip to ShowPlaylist Segment Macro ee eceeceteeeesseeeseeeeseeseseeeesseesseeeesaes 203 E EE Eeer 206 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 10 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs EE CG d ehr e EE 206 t363 nemin Si Ue Ee 206 AG on fe ET EE 207 13 6 3 38 Exit from Intermission Macro CLreaton 210 13 6 3 3 1 EXIT Intermission lte 212 13 7 CHRCEISICl FIAVDACK LAD WEE 214 1o 721 PlayOackan EXISUNG SF EE 214 EC Ee Ee E al 9 m gem vee ere ee eer ee 215 TOO PASS NOUS EE 216 19374 Pl yb ckof a RE 217 eeh Playback LOCK EE Eeer eebe 217 13 76 Playpack AICI NEE 218 13 6 CINCLISTCP Schedule TAD EE 220 1381 Howto Schedule GIE Te 220 iPS ome el E te EE 221 13 8 3 Scheduled Show Did Not Start Error eescsssccsseesscessccssescessesnscessescssessaes 221 1384 ShowPlayist Rem
104. RATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT g New KC Delete Missing create Quick Access Links License Figure 134 Missing License IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 123 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs lf the user tries to add the device with the missing license a message will alert them to the missing license Figure 135 RW Screen IMS1000 q re M M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WI Missing License New CH Delete create Quick Access Links Message H Cous Type Auro Auro es Certainty Identifier Auro Subtitle Engine Figure 135 Missing License Message IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 124 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs New Macro 12 4 Macro Editor 12 4 1 Automation Cues An Automation Cue is an action demand that is sent from the IMS1000 to any external device connected to the IMS1000 for the purpose of being inserted into a Show Playlist Upon installation of the IMS1000 Automation Cues can be predefined by the operator transferred from an XML file or added manually Automation Cues can be added to CPLs and SPLs using CineLister 12 5 Macro Automation Cues A Macro Automation Cue consists of two parts an Automation Cue and a Trigger Cue Trigger Cues are explained fully in the Section 12 6 Trigger Cues A Trigger Cue is an action that is sent to the IMS1000 whereas an Automation Cue is sent from the IMS1
105. RM Page 288 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Jan 7 02 11 58 ims1000 1 kernel usb 2 1 New USB device found Or Sep 30 10 15 31 ims1000 1 kernel usb 2 1 USB disconnect address n Sep 30 10 15 31 ims1000 1 kernel usb 2 1 New USB device found e For usb3 disconnect USB hub When the USB hub disconnects any device behind it will automatically disconnect Asix and the 2 left most external USB ports When looking at doremi log kern log or doremi log kern log x if the issue occurred a while before the es was taken you should see the following message when this issue occurs usb e For usb4 disconnect eth1 When usb4 is disconnected any communication that is in progress through eth1 will be disrupted When looking at doremi log kern log or doremi log kern log x if the issue occurred a while before the ere was taken you should see the following message when this issue occurs usb 17 9 3 Solution This issue was fixed in BOM revision E5 The solution for a customer would be to RMA the unit 17 10 FIPS lock 17 10 1 Description If the unit is in FIPS lock the SM1 LED is red it cannot communicate with SM and the SM and firmware version numbers are missing from the WebUI or terminal 17 10 2 Identification In the detailed report look at doremi log kern log The following message is typical of a FIPS lock Jun 19 00 56 07 ims1000 kernel Dolphin DEBUG Authentication failure If you have access to the PPC serial
106. S EMA ER 61 2K LION 20100816 TDC LIKE CRAZY TLR 1_F DG US GB 61 2K PC 20110729 DLA OV NightBefXMas_TLR 9 S EN XX _US GB 61 2K DI 20090816 TDC PIRATESOFTHEC4 TLR 1 2D E EN XX US GB 61 2K D 2010 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2 TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 61 2K WR_2011 SORCERERS APPR_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K D 2009112 Start Time Elements Figure 252 Intermission SPL e Click the Save button and name the SPL Figure 252 13 6 3 2 Main SPL IMS1000 2 6 4 0 admin SuperUser ls Create or open the Main SPL that you wish to attach the Intermission SPL to Figure 253 shows an example of a Main SPL doremi create Quick Access Links all elements Black 3D 48 Policy Z _ToyStory 2 3D_Intermission 6 F_EN XX_US 61_2K DI i9D Showplaylist SPL Trailers Trailer IMS1000 Serial Number 332132 Software Version User Level OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL mt SW 3 SC b Properties Delete SPL Main SPL 2D P Preshow 00 00 00 Black 00 00 05 ToyStory 2 3D_Iintermission 5_F_EN XX_US_51_2K_DI_ E Feature Presentation 00 05 12 Black 00 05 17 127 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K TCF_201003823_TDC 00 07 03 AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D TLR 1_5 DO US GB 51 2K SE _ 1 27 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K TCF 201 00823_TDC z 00 09 33 BRIDESMAIDS _TLR 1 _F_ EN XX US GB_51_2K_UP_201 1020 AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D_TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB EI 2K SPE 201 00 11 57 DEFIANCE TLR 1_F EN XX_US GB_51_2K PC 20080115 D
107. Schedule Window e Select the SPL to schedule for playback from the drop down menu Use the left and right arrows to adjust the week to schedule the playback e Select the day s to schedule the playback by checking the corresponding boxes Figure 275 e Select the start time for the scheduled playback by using the up and down arrows Click Save when finished or Cancel to cancel the operation Figure 275 e The Schedule tab will be updated to reflect the recently added schedule o To display outdated schedules check the Out Dated Schedule box Figure 274 13 8 2 Schedule Conflict lf the user is trying to schedule playback and one already exists for the same time and date they will receive a Schedule Conflict message The Schedule Conflict message displays the time and date for which there is a conflict They will also receive the conflict message if they are trying to schedule playback that interrupts the scheduled time of another playback 13 8 3 Scheduled Show Did Not Start Error lf there is an error message stating The scheduled Show below did not start as expected This can be due to several reasons Contact Doremi Labs for assistance Section 1 3 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 221 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 8 4 Show Playlist Removal To delete a Show Playlist from the schedule go to the CineLister Schedule tab Click on the SPL to remove it in the Schedule window lt will become highlighted then click on the Delete but
108. UT WW Temperatures Voltages Fans Counters Reset to Default create Quick Access Linke Threshold configuration Using this GUI you can configure high low threshold and hysteresis for specified component Click tabs on top to start threshold configurations Components It used to identify the part component this threshold relates to Threshold values This is the threshold value expressed as an integer it can be negative value Depending on the component the meaning is different For voltage it is in millivolt for fans it is in rpm for temperatures it is in Celcius degree for counters there is no attached unit There are two types of threshold low if the reading falls below the value the system will generate an alert high if the reading goes aboves the value the system will generate an alert Hysteresis optional default value is zero When an alarm is raised for a low or a high condition The alarm will still be raised until the reading becomes within limits If the reading goes back and forth around the value it could generate a lot of alarm_set alarm_reset conditions To prevent this the hysteresis value can be used to instruct the system that the reading must be hysteresis value below or above the value to clear the alarm For instance for a high threshold of 30 5 an alert is generated when reading is greater than 30 and alarm will be clear when reading will be 25 or less Figure 215 Help Tab Note Althoug
109. Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 2 2 5 Nine Channels This configuration is defined as follows Figure 118 Ch 01 is Left L Output ch 01 will be playing the CPL s Left L audio channel Ch 02 is Right R Output ch 02 will be playing the CPL s Right R audio channel Ch 03 is Center C Output ch 03 will be playing the CPL s Center C audio channel Ch 04 is LFE Screen Sub Woofer Output ch 04 will be playing the CPL s LFE Screen Sub Woofer audio channel Ch 05 is Left Surround Ls Output ch 05 will be playing the CPL s Left Surround Ls audio channel Ch 06 is Right Surround Rs Output ch 06 will be playing the CPL s Right Surround Rs audio channel Ch 07 is Left Center Lc Output ch 07 will be playing the CPL s Left Center Lc audio channel Ch 08 is Right Center Rc Output ch 08 will be playing the CPL s Right Center Rc audio channel Ch 09 is Center Surround Cs Output ch 09 will be playing the CPL s Center Surround Cs audio channel Ch 10 Ch 14 These channels are pass through meaning the output channel X will be playing the CPL s audio channel X X will be a value between 10 and 14 Ch 15 is HI Output ch 15 will be playing the CPL s Hearing Impaired HI audio channel Ch 16 is VI Output ch 16 will be playing the CPL s Narration VI audio channel ia d D re M i Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2640 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser create Qu
110. WARNING Requested buffer not ready frame in bank 64 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 278 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Jul 30 14 34 06 ims1000 kernel Jul 30 14 34 06 ims1000 kernel FFFFFFFF Jul 30 14 34 06 ims1000 kernel Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel frame in bank 64 Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel 00 00 Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel xlog_iodone error 5 buf count 1024 Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel 0x73d241f3 ata3 failed to resume link SControl FFFFFFFF ata3 SATA link down SStatus FFFFFFFF SControl ata3 00 disabled Dolphin DEBUG WARNING Requested buffer not ready sd 2 0 0 0 sdh Result hostbyte 0x00 driverbyte 0x08 sd 2 0 0 0 sdh Sense Key Oxb current descriptor Descriptor sense data with sense descriptors in hex 72 Ob 00 00 00 00 00 Oc 00 Oa 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 09 sd 2 0 0 0 sdh ASC 0x0 ASCQ 0x0 sd 2 0 0 0 sdh CDB cdb 0 0x28 28 00 b9 d7 ab e8 00 04 end_request I O error dev sdh sector 3117919208 sd 2 0 0 0 rejecting I O to offline device EXT3 fs error device md1 ext3_find_entry sd 2 0 0 0 sdh Unhand
111. Yes adding the Subtitle Engine device will cause a warning window to appear asking the user to disable all projector subtitle display The Subtitle Engine will generate the subtitle inside the picture before exporting the resulting pictures to the projector If the user plans to use the Subtitle Engine click the Yes button in the warning window to disable all projector subtitles e Select the Subtitle Engine device e The device will be visible on the main Device Manager GUI Figure 133 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 122 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs a Screen IMS1000 D re M M ki 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT O Subtitle duick Acc inks gna New R Delete Eng j ne Create Quick Access Links 2 Device Type Ste Engine Certainty Subtitie Engine Identifier Subtitle Engine Process closed caption data if no subtitle content is detected Figure 133 Subtitle Engine e o complete the configuration click the Save button Figure 129 The user will be asked for a password Enter the appropriate password and press Ok Clicking the Revert button prior to saving will delete the unsaved information Figure 129 12 3 9 Missing License If a license is missing it will appear in red in the New Device drop down Figure 134 Ei Screen IMS1000 doremi IMS1000 Gen E Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINIST
112. _2014 05 20723 32 35 BS 1MS1000 332132 2014 06 20106 25 10 Backup D Perfo rm ed 1MS1000 332132 2014 06 19T06 25 10 Product Name IMS1000 Date 2014 06 20T23 32 40 02 00 a Wem 332132 2014 06 18T06 25 11 Serial 382132 Hostname IMS1000 E Mem 332132 2014 06 17T06 25 11 Group local E Ms1000 332132 2014 06 16106 25 10 IP Adress 101124105 GP 1MS1000 332132 2014 06 15T06 25 10 File Size 121 kbytes Figure 193 Home Page e Clicking on the backup file will display details about the backup on the right hand side Figure 193 12 17 2 Restoring the System to a Previous Backup This section applies to units that have had any storage component changed Every time a storage component has changed the user will receive a message asking to restore the configuration files Figure 194 e Yes The user can choose to restore now by clicking on Yes This will restore the configuration files on the RAID to the new SSD flash drive e No The user can choose not to restore now by clicking on No This will generate a backup file based on the current configuration on the SSD flash and place it on the RAID Note If you select No by mistake you can manually restore the latest configuration from the second most recent record e Ignore The user can choose to ignore the message for now by clicking on Ignore This will perform no restore or backup processes IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 168 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 17 3 Restoring
113. _CFG1 00000000 ADV_CFG2 OA0001EF VID_CFG 002814E0 VID_IER 00000701 VID_CTRL 00000000 AES_CONTROL 00000004 AES_SIZE 00000000 AES _ PRESIZE 00000000 CINELINK2_CONTROL 00000000 WDG_CTRL 00000000 MOB_TEMP 00000000 VCLK_FREQ 038A5FCD FPGA_CAP ADFFDF53 FPGA_2CAP 00000008 MCORE_CAP 5FFF0280 17 8 2 3 Solution Install software version 2 5 5 or higher 17 8 3 Playback Stops In Between Clips 17 8 3 1 Description The unit does not start playing or stops playing on a clip to clip boundary 17 8 3 2 Identification When looking at doremi log odetics log or doremi log odetics log x if the issue occurred a while before the report was taken you should see the following message when this issue occurs Wed Nov 20 08 14 19 2013 INFO Loading CPL 98781194 c4bc 3042 9b08 e81bd1ee3557 in slot 1 Wed Nov 20 08 14 19 2013 INFO CPL 98781194 c4bc 3042 9b08 e81bd1ee3557 successfully loaded dolphin_video_context_internal Can t detect init ADVs done bit Retrying dolphin_video_context_internal Can t detect init ADVs done bit Too many failure Wed Nov 20 08 14 34 2013 ERROR Can t set context to DolphinContextPaused 17 8 3 3 Solution Update the firmware to version 4 2 7 or higher IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 286 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 17 8 4 Empty ShowPlaylist 17 8 4 1 Description ShowPlaylist is empty SM and firmware versions are missing 17 8 4 2 Identification lf the report w
114. _S EMA IER Si 2K D 20090707_TDC e ims_webui 1 0 4 pkg CPL s 233 SPL s 8 PKG s 1 DLM s 0 PKL s 233 Other s 0 Figure 341 Ingest Scan Window Select Local Storage Figure 341 Select the package Figure 341 Click Ingest Figure 341 Click OK in the pop up window to acknowledge that the system must be rebooted Figure 342 You are about to ingest a package system must be rebooted after the ingest Figure 342 Reboot Notification IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 307 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs e Go to Administration System Restart Figure 343 a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WW Restart B utto n e To enter Standby mode click the Standby button The server will not be operational vivo gt Auick Access Links e To restart the system click the Restart button You will be automatically disconnected from the web interface e To shutdown the system click the shutdown button Figure 343 Restart e After about ten minutes the update will be finished IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 308 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 309 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs 25 Appendix H Installing the Ferrite Cores Six ferrite cores are included for installation on to the Ethernet and GPI GPO cables that connect to the IMS100
115. ab is located under Administration Macro Editor Trigger Cue Figure 147 Alternatively the user may also click on the green arrow button on the right side of the Automation Cue tab to access the Trigger Cue tab Figure 146 e Tocreate a new Trigger Cue click the New Trigger button Figure 147 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 133 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e The same type of window for the Automation Cue tab allowing the user to enter the Trigger Cue name will appear Figure 148 Trigger Settings Name of the Trigger Bue Tigges Comments Figure 148 Trigger Cue Setting Window e Enter the appropriate name It will be the name used by the CineLister application to insert the Trigger Cue in a Show Playlist e The newly created Trigger Cue will appear in the Trigger window and it will be ready to connect to an event Figure 149 Delete Trigger Button User Level admin SuperUser EN Screen IMS1000 D re Mn Vi S1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT gt New KC Delete EN Settings LU create Quick Access Links Trig gopr Action 3 Revert Settings Button Connect to an event Figure 149 Trigger Cue Defined e To edit the name of an existing Trigger Cue select it in the Trigger window and click on the Settings button or double click on it Figure 149 e Toremove a Trigger Cue in its entirety select it in the T
116. abs e To download the log highlight the log with the mouse and click on the Download icon that appears Figure 330 e A window will appear asking if the user would like to save or open the log Figure 332 Make your selection and click Ok to access your log You have chosen to open log_2 xml which is a WinRAR archive from http 10 11 26 62 What should Firefox do with this file Open with XML Editor default ad Do this automatically for files like this from now on Figure 332 Opening a Log To delete a log highlight the log and click on the X that appears on the right Figure 330 Highlighting a log will also reveal the applied filters for the log in the bottom of the screen Figure 330 14 6 3 Last Packages Logs The Last Packages Logs tab allows the user to view the statue of the last package installed It provides info such as if the install was successful and if why it failed Figure 333 To access the Last Packages Logs tab click on the green arrow on the right hand side of the GUI in the Log Records or Log Download tabs Figure 330 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 265 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs EI Screen IMS1000 1 re II M S1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT W L ast Last installation date 2014 05 14 01 16 44 Create Quick Access Links Packages Checking system Log S Tab
117. ack 127 Hours_TLR A_F _EN XX _US GB 51 2K TCF 20100823 TDC AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D TLR 1_S DO US GB 51 2K SPE 201 BRIDESMAIDS _TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K UP_20110201_UDS DEFIANCE TLR 1 F EN XX_US GB 51 2K PC 20080115 DELUXE Start Time Elements Figure 240 SPL Set to 3D Note In 3D or 48fps mode the IMS1000 video output is in the YCxCz color space The projector itself needs to be properly configured to the YCxCz color space in 3D or 48fps mode for proper display Contact the projector vendor to configure the projector properly or see Section 12 3 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 199 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 6 Segment Marker and Intermission Clicking on the Plus button in the Cinelister Editor tab opens a drop down menu that allows the user to add a segment marker and intermission to the SPL Figure 241 IMS1000 Serial Number 332132 doremi OVERVIEW Refresh we New create Quick Access Links all elements P e Black Black 3D Black 3D 48 E Policy 3 Showplaylist Trailers Trailer E mr Open ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING Save Screen Software Version User Level K Properties al Delete SPL Trailers 3D 00 00 00 00 00 04 00 02 35 00 04 56 00 07 26 00 09 49 00 12 21 00 14 45 127 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K TCF 20100823 TDC AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D_TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB EI 2K SPE 201 BRIDESMAIDS _TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K _UP_20110201_UDS DEFIANCE TLR 1
118. ack Up to RAID e To manually back up the material on the hard drive click on the Generate Backup tab Figure 196 e Click on Generate Figure 196 a Screen IMS1000 D re Mn WM S 1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser Backup Manage OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Access Unie e Legends J Automatic Backup Ei Loca Backup FTP Backup BI extemal Media e Click Generate bution to generate a new backup then select a location G ene rate e Create Quick Access Links e Click Restore button to restore the selected backup then select categories G ene rate Backup Restore backup Last Auto Backup Date 2014 06 20 06 25 10 GMT 02 00 ims 332132_2014 05 20T23 35 40 Figure 196 Backup e The following window will appear Figure 197 Select the location where you want to save the backup file You can either save to local disk RAID or to an external drive Click on the Ok button Select Disk Select the location where the backup file will be saved Location Local Disk e Drop Down Figure 197 Generate Button e The backup process will now begin e The Backup Generation window will appear Figure 198 This will indicate the backup process was a SUCCESS IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 170 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Processing Generating backup file SUCCESS Generated opt backup IMS1000 332132_2014 06 05123 10 21 dbk zip OOF
119. ally IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 102 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs o Audio Settings Allows the user to map route all audio tracks to operator designated outputs only SMPTE content This where you can configure the audio delay o Cinelister Configuration Allows the user to configure certain values for the Cinelister application o Live Manager Allows the user to add a live event CPL o Backup Manager Allows the user to back up and restore certain files ona server o License Agreement Allows the user to agree to the software license terms and conditions o Automatic Log Upload Manager Allows user to automate log generation and specify the frequency and location the logs will be sent to o Log Operator Maintenance Allows the user to log important information eg hard disk replacement projector lamp replacement etc This application helps the system administrator keep track of any change operated in a theater booth o Threshold Manager Allows the user to view and adjust threshold levels for the server 12 1 Audio Settings Channel Mapping The Audio Settings application allows the user to route all audio tracks in an SMPTE Interop package to operator designated outputs The main purpose of the mapping is to allow users to move the HI or VI channels to a specific output The Audio Settings application is available in the Administration tab e To open the Audio Settings application go to Administration Control Panel Audi
120. an and Upload tabs Figure 278 e USB ingests are Real Time e esata ingests are two thirds of Real Time e o see an updated view of the Ingest Monitor will all recently ingested items click on the Refresh button Figure 279 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 225 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Pause Button Refresh Button Delete Button a d Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 w Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT I Refresh CH Delete Pause Resume Cancel Select all Create Quick Access Links wna Description Scheduled Started Finished 51_ 2K UP 2014 06 2 t8 14 38 2014 06 23718 24 59 2014 06 23718 26 19 PIRATESOFTHEC4 TLR 1 2D_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K D 20101120 TDC 2014 06 23718 14 38 14 06 2371 8 26 19 2014 06 23718 26 53 SORCERERS APPR_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K DI 20091123 TDC 2014 00 2718 14 38 2014 06 23T1u 53 2014 06 23T18 27 32 Element Information Ingest Button NightBefXMas_TLR 9 S_EN XX_US GB 51_2K Di 20090816 TDC 2014 06 23718 14 38 2014 06 23118 27 32 Zu 16 23T18 28 00 KARATE KID TLR 2_F EN XX US GB 51_2K SPE 20100218 DLA OV 2014 06 23T18 14 38 2014 L0 73T18 28 00 2014 06 23T18 29 u0 Success 100 PKL asset executed 78424741 67d1 4e72 9430 15553f9dfafd PKL asset imported 76484741 67d1 4e72 9430 15553f9dtatd Total P 100 otal Progress Assetmap ingested cd36f7a4 bal 1 4b4d 95fe
121. any use of the Softwere which would violate Doremi Labs Inc s rights under copyright law including but not limited to incorporating this Software into another software into an operating system or into firmware firmware is defined as embedded software incorporated into a hardware device You may not attempt to reverse engineer any of the Software Your rights under this License will terminate automatically without notice from Doremi Labs Inc if you fail to comply with any term s of this License DOREMI LABS INC MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS ABOUT THE SUITABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ABOUT ANY CONTENT OR INFORMATION MADE ACCESSIBLE BY THE SOFTWARE FOR ANY PURPOSE THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL DOREMI LABS INC BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL I have read and accept the terms of the software license agreement Figure 210 License Message To access the License Agreement go to Administration Control Panel License Agreement Click the checkbox to indicate that you have read and accept the terms of the software license agreement Figure 211 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 177 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs IMS1000 sielen 2840 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WI Doremi Labs
122. as taken while the error was showing look at Ispci in drmreport txt lf the report was taken after a reboot look at Ispci in doremi log kreport log x Kreport log being the previous boot kreport log 0 being the boot before and so on Exec command Ispci 00 00 0 Host bridge Intel Corporation Device 0709 rev 08 01 13 0 Multimedia controller Intel Corporation Device 0706 rev 01 01 14 0 Multimedia controller Intel Corporation Device 0705 rev 01 01 15 0 Unassigned class ff00 Intel Corporation CE Media Processor SPI Slave rev 01 01 16 0 Display controller Intel Corporation Device 070a 01 1b 0 SD Host controller Intel Corporation Device 070b 02 00 0 SATA controller Marvell ee SE Ltd Device 9230 rev 10 The highlighted line 03 00 0 referencing the device 1fd5 0007 FPGA will be missing when this issue occurs When looking at doremi log kern log or doremi log kern log x if the issue occurred a while before the report was taken you should NOT see this message when this issue occurs Jun 24 15 55 43 IMS01 SC3 kernel pci 0000 03 00 0 reg 10 mem Oxbfd00000 0xbfdfffff Jun 24 15 56 31 IMS01 SC3 kernel dolphin 0000 03 00 0 enabling device 0000 gt 0002 Jun 24 15 56 31 IMS01 SC3 kernel dolphin 0000 03 00 0 PCI INT A gt GSI 17 level low gt IRQ 17 Jun 24 15 56 31 IMS01 SC3 kernel dolphin 0000 03 00 0 setting latency timer to 64 Jun 24 15 56 31 IMS01 SC3 kernel dolphin 0000 03 00 0 irq 65 fo
123. ations Window Delete Button e Click on the Notifications button to view the notifications Figure 110 e Clicking on the Notifications button again will cause the window to close e Hovering over the More Details button provides more details about the notification Figure 110 e To delete a notification highlight it and click on the X that appears on the right hand side Figure 110 To delete all notifications click on the X in the upper right corner of the window IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 100 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 101 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 Administration Tab The IMS1000 GUI Administration tab provides access to various applications as listed below e o access the Administration applications go to the Administration tab e A drop down list will appear when the mouse is hovering over the tab Figure 111 The default tab is the Control Panel tab which has several more applications available e Clicking on individual tabs within applications will take you directly to that tab Figure 111 a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT SS System SoH Re ent and Playback d ET EE Create Quick Access Links Account Manager gi Audio Settings S Backup Manager Networking Configuration lt Device Manager Ka Ci
124. b Page 184 of 320 Doremi Labs IMS1000 2 6 4 0 admin SuperUser Screen Software Version User Level LOGOUT Version 1 7 This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 185 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 Control Tab 13 1 Show Management Using CineLister CineLister is based on a Graphical User Interface GUI that allows the creation management editing and playback of SPLs and other ingested content CineLister also has the capability to schedule playbacks To configure Cinelister see Section 12 15 13 2 CineLister Editor Tab e To access the CineLister GUI go to Control CineLister e The user will be prompted to CineLister s Playback tab The Playback tab is the default tab that CineLister displays every time the application is opened Figure 221 E Screen IMS1000 doremi imsiooe wn Serial Number 332132 admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING WI io Manual create Quick Access Links DESPICABLE ME TLR 1B 2D F EN XX_US GB DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D_F_EN XX_US GB_51_ SHERLOCK HOLMES 2 TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB oi remaining 00 02 27 E TRON LEGACY TLR 2 3D_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D E EMA US GB 51 EN KARATE KID TLR 2 F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K SPE z LIKE CRAZY _TLR 1_F_EN XX US GB _51_2K PC 2 remaining 00 14 37 in gt Mode Play then Eject Figure 221 CineLister GUI Playback Tab e To access the Editor tab cl
125. button to pause the playback Figure 267 Note Clicking the Eject button will eject the SPL Figure 267 e Use the Next and Previous buttons to go to the next or previous CPL in the Show Playlist Figure 269 e Use the Fast Forward and Rewind buttons to forward or rewind within a CPL The default value is set at 3 minutes Figure 269 See 12 15 for instructions on how to adjust the value e Use the Play button to resume from where the CPL was last paused e Select the playback mode from the Mode drop down list Play Loop Play then Rewind or Play then Eject Figure 267 The user will be prompted to a password window to IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 216 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs confirm the mode the default mode is Play SuperUser privileges are necessary to confirm the changes If the user is already logged in with SuperUser privileges the password confirmation window will not appear 13 7 4 Playback of a Live Event The user can create a Show Playlist for the live event using theater effects such as closing and opening of curtains previews trailers and advertisements before the live event is scheduled to start The live event is not pre recorded and therefore cannot be re wound or fast forwarded See Section 12 16 for more information on creating and playing a live event 13 7 5 Playback Lock Mode The Mode button can be used to determine manual or schedule mode Figure 270 E Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2
126. can see that the unit does not boot completely and is stuck after the filesystem is mounted on md0 md1 17 12 3 Solution To recover the unit boot the unit with one drive only then hot plug the two other drives and re init the RAID 1 Boot with only one drive inserted 2 Wait 5 min for unit to boot completely 3 Insert the other 2 drives 4 SSH into IMS1000 5 Run mount o rw remount IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 290 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 6 Run sh doremi sbin reinit_raid sh 7 Wait for HW RAID to complete building 8 Reboot unit As a second step check that standby is properly configured and running on the system You might also want to check in the logs if the customer shut down the unit while the RAID was rebuilding or any other action that could have broken the RAID 17 13 Green Screen Image 17 13 1 Description Green screen of output image when using HDMI input 17 13 2 Identification No identification of this issue in the logs Note Intermittent issue reported on IMS1000 units running firmware versions 4 2 5 0 and 4 2 7 D 17 13 3 Solution Switch the IMS1000 Input to internal and then back to HDMI 17 14 Cannot initiate marriage 17 14 1 Description Trying to initiate a marriage fails with software 2 4 4 17 14 2 Identification Certificates under doremi etc certs mine do not match with the unit serial number 17 14 3 Solution Install ims _sw_hotfix_certs_2 4 4 1 0 0 pkg A
127. ce oD Macro Editor Event Log Scheduled Tasks Theater Properties Automation Cue Quick Contra Auditorium Contacts Fac EA Threshold Manager Time Settings Figure 183 Link Added IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 160 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 15Cinelister Configuration The Cinelister Configuration application allows the user to configure certain componenis of the Cinelister application Cinelister is discussed in detail in Sections 13 through 13 8 To access the Cinelister Configuration application go to Administration Control Panel Cinelister Configuration Figure 184 12 15 1 Editor Configuration a Screen IMS1000 q re mn Uu S 1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WI Fast 7 Forward and Rewind Value Seek value in seconds when you click on Forward and Backward buttons in Playback Seek value in seconds to substract to the last timecode in case of emergency recover First day of the week of the scheduler Monday Emergency Recovery Value Figure 184 Cinelister Configuration Editor To modify the amount of time that the fast forward and rewind buttons will jump to in playback type the amount of seconds in the space provided Figure 184 To modify the amount of time that playback will rewind to in the case of an emergency recovery type the amount of seconds in the space provide
128. ce Manager Click the New Device button Figure 132 Select the RealD 3D EQ The device will be visible on the main Device Manager GUI To complete the configuration click the Save button Figure 129 Enter the appropriate password and click Ok Clicking the Revert button prior to saving will delete the unsaved information Figure 129 12 3 6 3 Sensio 3D Support e To enable the Sensio 3D support please contact Doremi Labs Technical Support to receive the appropriate license Section 1 3 12 3 7 Closed Caption Support e To enable Doremi Labs CaptiView and Rear Window devices Closed Caption support install the appropriate license For information about the Closed Caption Support contact Doremi Labs Technical Support Section 1 3 or visit http www doremilabs com support cinema support cinema manuals captiview manuals 12 3 8Subtitle Engine Configuration This section provides instructions on how to set up the Device Manager for Subtitle Engine support It will allow the user to generate subtitles into the picture before being exported to the projector Once the license has been received follow the steps bellow e Open the Device Manager GUI by going to Administration Device Manager e Click the New Device button Figure 132 e The New Device drop down window will appear Note If the user already has a projector configured through Device Manager to display subtitles meaning that the Enable subtitle file was set to
129. chassis e Reinstall the IMS1000 unit on the projector e Record the maintenance in the Log Operator Maintenance Administration Control Panel Log Operator Maintenance application Figure 354 See Section 12 11 for more information IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 315 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs doremi Create Quick Access Links IMS OM 002949 DRM IMS1000 Serial Number 332132 OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION S New Subject Annual maintenance activities Annual maintenance activities Figure 354 Log Operator Maintenance CONTROL MONITORING Execution Date 28 days ago amp months ago Page 316 of 320 Doremi Labs Screen IMS1000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 User Level admin SuperUser LOGOUT di Version 1 6 This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 317 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs 2 Acronyms V dada CPL DCI DLM LCD LED SPL GA XML Video Graphics Array XML Extensible Markup Language Screen Management System Ve IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 318 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 319 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs 28 Document Revision History 04 26 2013 Minor editorial change made 05 06 2013 Revision made to Section 9 2 Revisions made throughout updated to reflect version 07 01 2014 Updated to reflect Web GUI version 1 1 7 and SW version 2 6 4 changes made throughout the
130. ck 3D 48 00 02 35 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2 TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K WR 2 Policy 00 04 56 TRON LEGACY_TLR 2 3D_S_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_DI_2010 00 07 26 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D_F_EN XX_US_GB_51 EN_2K_WB _ panii 00 09 49 KARATE KID_TLR 2_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_SPE_2010021 Trailers 00 12 21 LIKE_CRAZY_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_PC_20110729 Trailer 00 14 44 127 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K TCF 20100823 TDC e AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D_TLR 1_S_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_SPE_201 BRIDESMAIDS_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_UP_20110201_UDS DEHANCE TLR 1 F EN XX_US GB 51 2K PC 20080115 DELUXE Start Time Elements Figure 242 New Segment IMS1000 2 6 4 0 admin SuperUser el New Segment Added Properties Icon e Torename the segment highlight it and click on the Properties icon on the right Figure 242 Click the Save Pack Name button to save the name o Substitute any spaces with an underscore o Note Within the same SPL each segment must have a different name Pack Information Pack Name PreShow Figure 243 New Segment Naming e Use the up and down arrows to rearrange the segment Figure 244 several segments can be added into a SPL Figure 244 To delete the segment highlight it and click on the delete button to the right Figure 244 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 201 of 320 Doremi Labs Version 1 7 doremi create Quick Access Links 13 6 1 1 IMS1000 Serial Number 332132 OVERVIEW ADM
131. cription Playback will be running fine and is suddenly stuck the image and time code are frozen or there is no decoder crash or underflow 17 8 2 2 Identification The issue looks similar to the previous one but the interrupt count in cat proc interrupts is not 0 When looking at doremi doremi log odetics log or doremi doremi log odetics log x depending on the date of occurrence there should be the following timeout messages when the issue occurs Tue Nov 19 18 32 00 2013 INFO Loading CPL cd02617a 6361 4ed7 96d4 e9e6d7acfc1c in Slot 1 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 284 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Tue Nov 19 18 32 00 2013 INFO CPL cd02617a 6361 4ed7 96d4 e9e6d7acfc1c successfully loaded dolphin_video_context_set_state_sync dolphin_video_context_set_state_sync pthread_cond_timedwait pthread_cond_timedwait dolphin_video_context_set_state_sync pthread_cond_timedwait timeout expired timeout expired timeout expired timeout expired we NN SN E AN e A a AA a N N N NI dolphin_video_context_set_state_sync pthread_cond_timedwait dolphin_video_context_set_state_sync Too many errors Exiting Wed Nov 20 08 20 46 2013 ERROR Can t set context to DolphinContextPaused If the report was taken while the error was showing look at Cat proc interrupts in drmreport txt If the report was taken after a reboot look at cat proc interrupts in doremi log kreport log x
132. d Figure 184 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 161 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 15 2 Scheduler Configuration To modify the first day of the week in the Cinelister Schedule tab select the day from the drop down menu Figure 185 a Screen IMS1000 M ch 00 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT 4 OVERVIEW 180 sec Seek value in seconds when you click on Forward and Backward buttons in Playback Seek value in seconds to substract to the last timecode in case of emergency recover 180 sec Save Button First day of the week of the scheduler Monday Monday 5 mod D ro p Thursday Ae l Down Sunday Menu Revert Button Figure 185 Cinelister Configuration Schedule Click Save to save the changes and Revert to undo any unsaved changes Figure 185 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 162 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 16Live Manager The Live Manger application allows the user to add a Virtual Device as a source of a live event These live CPLs can be added to Show Playlists in Cinelister To access the Live Manager GUI go to Administration Control Panel Live Manager Figure 186 doremi Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Live ck Acca Manager Create Quick Access Links Tab Live so
133. d d212347f a31 4 49fb aSad 18459c551 eae lt amp Fox Subtitle Test vt2 Part3 7 amp gt 2013 12 11 T00 00 00 00 00 um uuid 46fb255 1 3c8t 4b75 9091 9ded471812a2 Audio Test Doremi Ref 16ch Encrypted 2016 04 12723 00 00 00 00 Pro pe rties KDM Properties Icon P ti ID um uuid 9a2b46f6 36c2 4aee a1c0 50ae31ebceeT ro pe r DS Not valid before 2011 10 18T23 00 00 00 00 Not valid after 2015 11 19T23 00 00 00 00 Ingestion date 2013 08 02T16 03 41 07 00 Figure 300 Decryption Keys Tab 13 10 3 1 KDM Properties Clicking anywhere on the line of a highlighted KDM or on the Properties icon that appears on the right will display information about that KDM on the bottom portion of the tab Figure 300 Clicking on the name of a KDM will open the KDM Information tab See Section 13 10 2 2 4 for more information on the KDM Information tab Any time the user wants to exit the KDM Information window click on the Ok button Figure 296 13 10 3 2 Delete a KDM To delete a KDM from the server click on the KDM and click on the Delete button Figure 300 e A window will appear asking to confirm Figure 301 Do you really want to delete the selected KDM s Figure 301 Delete KDM Window e Click Ok to continue and Cancel to cancel the operation e Once the KDM is deleted it will be permanently deleted from the server IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 239 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 10 4 Show Playlists Tab e This page displays all t
134. d location in the URL field Enter a username and password Select SMPTE and or System logs Use the Test button to test the configuration if desired Figure 213 Click OK and the new configuration will appear in the main window Click Save to save the configuration or Revert to undo any unsaved changes Figure 214 E screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WW Delete A Button KL VLICdle WUICK AULULEDS LINKS E Add CH Delete Active log uploading Frequency Daily H Time 04 f 00 H AM H File name Default H IMS1000_332132_2014 06 20_2014 06 21 Revert Enabled Manager Name URL S e B u tto n New ftp 91 121 50 75 Save Button Figure 214 Configuration Added To delete a configuration click the Delete button Figure 214 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 180 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 20 Threshold Manager The Threshold Manager allows the user to view and adjust the threshold values for temperature voltage fans and certain errors To access the Threshold Manager go to Administration Control Panel Threshold Manager When opened the default tab is the Help tab This tab offers an explanation of the application Figure 215 a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2840 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGO
135. ddcecd6077cf6 Figure 279 Ingest Progress In the Ingest Monitor tab the user has the option to delete pause resume or cancel an ingest using the available buttons Figure 279 To select or unselect all items use the Select All button Figure 279 To see more details for each element highlight the item and click on the Properties icon on the right hand side Figure 279 The element information will be displayed at the bottom of the window Figure 279 The Ingest button in the bottom Notifications bar will alert the user to any ingest that is in progress Figure 279 Clicking on the button will open the Ingest Monitor tab that displays the ingest progress Figure 279 13 9 3 Ingest Upload The Ingest Upload tab can be used to upload packages from your local network To upload a package go to Control Ingest Manager Upload Figure 280 Alternatively clicking on the green arrow on the right hand side of the GUI in the Ingest Scan and Ingest Monitor tab will also open up the Upload tab Figure 279 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 226 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Select All Button Properties Icon Cancel Button Resume Button a Screen IMS1000 M S1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Create Quick Access Links e You can upload packages to upgrade the product or to install additional featu
136. e Active S ecuri ty Service Door Amed Engaged Logical Mariage Fees M a n ag e r Partial Blackout Active Active Marriage Active Section Figure 323 MediaBlock Tab IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 260 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 14 6 Log Viewer The Log Viewer tab allows the user to the user to manage and view various logs and records for the server To access the Log Viewer tab go to Monitoring Log Viewer 14 6 1 Log Records The Log Viewer tab defaults to the Log Records tab Here the user can search for previously created logs Logs are generated automatically as necessary For example they are generated when CPLs start and end when the system is rebooted when a schedule is added and much more Advanced sf g Screen IMS1000 Fi Ite ri ng T od e Vi S 1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 j e Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser Lo g OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT d e D own l O ad Tab C ass Class Re Date ke Advanced Filtering Filteri Ng create Quick Access Links eF A Class 2014 06 247T20 41 32 02 00 Performance CPLEnd 2014 06 24720 41 32 02 00 Performance SPLEnd 2014 06 24T19 03 20 02 00 Management Assetingested P t g roperties Date 2014 06 24T19 03 10 02 00 Management Assetingested con Filtering 2014 06 24T19 02 53 02 00 Assetingested 2014 06 24719 01 12 02 00 Assetingested 2014 06 23723 08 12 02 00 ScheduleMode 2014 06 23722 56 55 02 00 ScheduleMode 2014 06 23722 46
137. e America Lower_Princes America Maceio America Manaqua America Manaus America Marigot America Martinique America Matamoros America Mazatlan America Mendoza America Menominee America Merida America Metlakatla America Mexico_City Figure 102 TimeZone Drop Down Window e Select the time zone that best represents the geographical area in which the IMS1000 is installed e Once the appropriate timezone has been selected and appears within the box labeled Timezone click the Update button to save this setting Figure 102 e SuperUser privileges are necessary to save the change e Reboot for the changes to take effect 10 3 Changing the System Time To modify the IMS1000 system clock RTC Real Time Clock follow the steps below Note DCI specification allows the user to only modify the time up to 6 minutes per calendar year e Goto Administration Control Panel Time Settings and the Date and Time tab will appear e Click on one of the appropriate drop downs to modify minutes or seconds IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 92 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e For each box a list of time settings will appear Figure 103 a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Create Quick Access Links Current Date Wednesday 18 June 2014 Current Time 17 57 11 Servers Secured Clock 26s 360s Change
138. e Contact your administrator for the correct password Figure 78 Content 4096x1716 HDMI DSDI 3i Status Sa Alternative g 3D Scope 3i Diagnostics Network Devices About Figure 78 Login IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 73 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Go to Menu Administrator Setup Content Devices Configuration Figure 79 From the drop down menu make sure that Doremi is selected Figure 80 System Ok CHAISTIE 4K pa 3996x2160 4096x1716 po 3D Flat Flat XYZ Scope XYZ 3996x2160 1 dr Preferred Channel Setup Preferred Test Pattern Setup Conte nt Diagnostics r Devices Preferences l nfiguration Network Devices Configuratio Content Devices Configuration Channel Setup Time Setup Administrator Setup Scheduler Communications Configuration Network Devices Setup GPIO Setup Foot Lamberts Calibration User Accounts Upgrade 10 48 18 AM Figure 79 Content Devices Configuration system Ok CHRISTIE 4K Doremi Selected Doremi GDC Christie Dolby o Marriage NA 9 1051 27AM Figure 80 Drop Down Menu e urn the projector on by pressing the green Power button on the touch panel controller Figure 81 After about two minutes the projector will be fully powered on IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 74 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs CHRISTIE 4K zi 3996x2160 a 4096x1716 p 3D Flat i T
139. e 174 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 154 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Do you really want to delete Test L oe IL eso Figure 174 User Account Deletion Confirmation 12 13 Theater Properties The Theater Properties tab allows the user to specify theater properties such as the facility name address auditorium specifics and contact information The user may add one facility per IMS1000 To access the Theater Properties tab go to Administration Control Panel gt Theater Properties This information is necessary as it contains information needed for the generation of the FLM file The information is used by studios in KDM management 12 13 1 Auditorium Tab The Theater Properties tab defaults to the Auditorium tab Here the user can input the auditorium specifics such as screen aspect ratio and screen color Click the Save button to save the changes Clicking the Revert button without saving will cause all of the changes to be lost Figure 175 a remi IMS1 000 Screen IMS1000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser Co ntacts 8 Tab l OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT create Quick Access Links Reve rt Screen Name IMS1000 B u tto n Screen Aspect Ratio 2 39 Screen Mask None Screen Color White Audio Format Dolby 5 1 Save Button Figure 175 Auditorium Tab IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 155 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 13 2 Contacts Tab T
140. e Advanced Options settings on the destination unit the user will need to open the Ingest Manager application Control Ingest Manager Select the unit that was just added in the Content Feed Manager application as a source feed Figure 161 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 145 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs E Scree IMS1000 IMS1000 oan serial Number 332132 admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING WI Refresh create Quick Access Links Select a location Select a location Local Storage New Server Assets found CPL s 0 PKG s 0 DLM s 0 PKL s 0 Other s 0 Figure 161 Ingesting e This will populate the Ingest Manager application scan tab window with all the content available for ingest from the selected source feed unit e Select the desired material to ingest IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 146 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 9 Terminal To log into the Terminal tab Administration tab Terminal enter the admin user login name and password Figure 162 H re M Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WI Terminal IMS1000 login P Cound Create Quick Access Links Figure 162 Terminal Login If possible all changes made to settings should be done through the Terminal GUI IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 147 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 10 Sy
141. e GUI in the Storage and System tabs Figure 322 The MediaBlock tab is divided into three sections Figure 323 e Projector O O O O Connection Status Displays the status of the connection with the media block Model Displays the projector model Dowser Displays whether or not the dowser is open Lamp Displays whether or not the lamp is on e Media Decoder O O Video Watermark Displays the type of watermark present Audio Watermark Displays the type of watermark present e Security Manager O O O O O Blackout Mode Service Door Status Service Door Armed Status Physical Marriage Displays whether or not the physical marriage is operational Logical Marriage Displays whether or not the logical marriage is engaged Active Marriage Displays whether or not the active marriage is engaged The colored icons next to the sections reveal the status of that section Green is healthy orange is a warning and red is a failure IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 259 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e b re M i Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WW MediaBlock Tab Create Quick Access Links Projector Media Decoder Media Model jes Audio Watermark Doremi 2 97 Projector ame Section Section Lamp i Security Manager Status Service Door Status Closed Physical Marriag
142. e and model and have the same capacity Doremi prohibits mixing SATA I drives with SATA II drives within the same RAID Each one of the three HDDs that come with the IMS1000 will be labeled with a 1 2 or 3 The HDD labeled 1 is to be inserted into the left hand HDD slot labeled HDD 1 on the IMS1000 e The HDD labeled 2 is to be inserted into the middle HDD slot labeled HDD 2 on the IMS1000 e The HDD labeled 3 is to be inserted into the right hand HDD slot labeled HDD 3 on the IMS1000 e Each HDD has a silver latch mechanism that allows for unlatching of the drive from the hard drive cage Figure 69 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 68 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 7 Silver AES OUT Release Lever GPI GPO 1 8 9 16 wA a A _T __sy Figure 69 Silver Latch on HDD e For each HDD press on the silver release lever on the front side in order to release the spring loaded HDD carrier handle Figure 69 e With the carrier handle open insert the drive all the way into the chassis cage Figure 70 Spring Loaded HDD Carrier Handle ua OS a ei Mae ANION VE van oi ag Ni Figure 70 HDD Insertion e Close the silver HDD carrier handle until you hear an audible click and the release tab has locked the HDD into place e Repeat for the other two HDDs The HDDs properly installed will look like the image presented below Figure 71 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 69 of 320 Versi
143. e component or assembly unless properly grounded e Always assume that all electronic solid state components and assemblies are sensitive to ESD damage e Always do the work on static safe work surfaces work stations desks Make sure your desk and wrist strap ground outlets are connected to the building ground e Be aware of the static generating materials that you work with e Always use grounded cards during loading unloading of ESD devices e Never transport store or handle sensitive components or assemblies except in a static safe environment ESD static bags e Always store ESD devices using safe tote boxes e Personnel Training o Training courses should be required for all employees who handle or otherwise come into contact with ESD items o The training program and the level of ESD protection should be tailored to the needs and sensitivity of the product or production area o Recurrent training for personnel should be an integral part of the program IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 25 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 26 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 3 IMS1000 Overview The IMS1000 is a state of the art DCI compliant Integrated Media Server capable of playing movies and trailer packages in MXF format at up to 500 Mbits sec when installed into a DLP Series 2 Projector The IMS1000 supports the highest JPEG2000 decoding formats including 4K 12 bit 4 4 4
144. e list on the left and drop it to the section of your choice Macros create Quick Access Links e Ee Added to Sea rch H Dowser Close Dowser Close Lamp On i Secti O n F l e id Exit from Intermission HDMI intervallo Flat 3 minuti intervallo Flat 5 minuti Reve rt q Intervallo Manuale Intervallo scope 3 minuti B u tto n intervallo Scope 5 minuti l Lamp Off Lamp On Play Prova Luci Skip to Segment Feature_Presentation Save Button Figure 156 Creating a Quick Controls Section e To edit the section highlight it Several options will appear on the right Figure 157 o To delete the section entirely click on the X to the right of the section o To delete a macro within the section click on the X to the right of the macro o To rename the section click on the rectangle to the right of the name Alternatively to change the name you may also click on the section name itself o To move the section if there are multiple sections click on the cross arrows IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 140 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs a Screen IMS1000 C ross M S 1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser Arrows Button OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WW New Section e Drag the Macro from the list on the left and drop it to the section of your choice D Favorites Secti on resi R Dowser Close Lamp On Butto n Exit from Intermission HDMI Intervallo Hat 3 minuti
145. e playing the CPL s audio channel X X will be a value between 6 and 14 Ch 15 is HI Output ch 15 will be playing the CPL s Hearing Impaired HI audio channel Ch 16 is VI Output ch 16 will be playing the CPL s Narration VI audio channel a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT create Quick Access Links Template Mapping 4 channels Channel Label ch 01 Li ent ch 02 R Right ch03 C Center ch 04 Mute S Surround Mute Hi Hearing impaired VI N Narration Figure 114 Audio Mapping Set to Four Channels IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 105 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 2 2 2 Six Channels This configuration is defined as follows Figure 115 Ch 01 is Left L Output ch 01 will be playing the CPL s Left L audio channel Ch 02 is Right R Output ch 02 will be playing the CPL s Right R audio channel Ch 03 is Center C Output ch 03 will be playing the CPL s Center C audio channel Ch 04 is LFE Screen Sub Woofer Output ch 04 will be playing the CPL s LFE Screen Sub Woofer audio channel Ch 05 is Left Surround Ls Output ch 05 will be playing the CPL s Left Surround Ls audio channel Ch 06 is Right Surround Rs Output ch 06 will be playing the CPL s Right Surround Rs audio channel Ch 07 Ch 14 These channels are pass through meaning the output channel X w
146. e user will have to manually enter the Remote Path e Click the Save button to save your changes Clicking the Revert button before saving will cause the user to lose all of the changes Figure 160 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 144 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 8 2 2 Advanced Options Clicking the Advanced Options button will open a drop down menu where the user can configure the following file types to be used for ingesting Figure 160 Authorize play while ingest from this server not supported Key Delivery Message allows the KDM to be ingested from the FTP or another server registered in the netmap Composition Playlist enabled by default allows import or FTP of a CPL into the server Installation Package software security manager firmware packages for upgrades Doremi License DLM Doremi License Messages e g Doloy3D RealD 4K Enabled etc Show Playlist click this box to be able to export and then import a SPL from one server to another Click the Save button to save the configuration The server is now added to the Content Feed Manager network Figure 160 12 8 3 Deleting a Server Delete a server from the Content Feed Manager list by selecting it and clicking on the Delete Repository button Figure 160 This will also remove it from the Ingest Manager drop down list of servers to ingest from 12 8 4 Ingesting from a Server That Was Added In order to ingest material restrictions are based on th
147. ed IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 71 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 6 4 1 6 5 Take another shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable and plug the end into the IMS1000 connector labeled GPO Figure 74 Install a ferrite core clamp near the connector closest to the IMS1000 Refer to Section 25 for more information on ferrite core clamp installation Plug the other end of the shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable into whichever automation controller is available or required GPI GPO Pin Out Information Figure 75 RJ45 Socket Pin Out Ethernet Cables Connect an Ethernet cable to the Ethernet connector on the IMS1000 and the other end of the cable to either a laptop or network switch Figure 76 Install a ferrite core clamp near the connector closest to the IMS1000 Refer to Section 25 for more information on ferrite core clamp installation Ethernet Connection Figure 76 Ethernet Connection IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 72 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Note Ethernet port EthO is set to DHCP by default All IMS1000 boards are shipped from the factory with the following default IP address for Eth1 o IP 192 168 100 50 o SM 255 255 255 0 o GW 192 168 100 1 e For more information refer to Section 23 6 6 Power on Projector e Connect AC power to the projector Figure 77 Figure 77 AC Power e After about 1 45 minutes the main screen will appear on the touch panel controller Go to Menu Login and login as Marriag
148. ed backup then select categories previously g ene rated Generate backup Location All locations e fi 06 32 40 4 ims 332132 2014 05 20123 32 35 Fullname opt backup IMS1000_332132_2014 06 20T21 32 40 dbk zip Description ims 332132_2014 05 207123 32 35 E Wem 332132 2014 06 20706 25 10 Date 2014 06 20T23 32 40 02 00 E IMS1009 252 132 2014 06 19T06 25 10 Product Name IMS1000 ES 1ms1000 332132 2014 06 18T06 25 11 Serial 332132 Hostname IMS1000 Restore ES wem 332132 2014 06 17706 25 11 Group local Button 1ms1000 332132 2014 06 16706 25 10 IP Adress 10 1124105 amp IMS1000 332132 2014 06 15106 25 10 File Size 121 kbytes Figure 204 Restore Button e A log in screen will appear Enter the appropriate password and click on OK e The Restore Category Selection window will appear Figure 205 Here you will be able to choose which types of files to restore or you can select all files to restore o Doremi These files include configuration files devices SNMP threshold audio and databases o Identity These files include Doremi SecurityModule identity certificates o KDMs These files include KDMs and DLMs IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 173 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs o Network Includes IP addresses DNS configurations etc o System These files include system user accounts group configurations and timezone information Restore category selection Select the categories from the backup file to be resto
149. edures 4 1 Preparation Figure 6 NEC Projector e Gently pull on the filter cover to remove it Figure 7 ee AU i genteel W pee EC WT 8 p e NW age Figure 7 Remove Filter Cover IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 34 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Remove the four screws holding the projector cover in place Figure 8 vu TUL Screw Key Hole Screw Figure 8 Screw Locations e Using the key for the projector screen turn the key in the lock to the right so that it is unlocked Figure 9 Figure 9 Projector Unlock e Gently pull the cover off to remove it from the projector Figure 10 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 35 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Figure 10 Projector Cover Removed e Remove the blank cover of the media block slot by unscrewing the two handles at the side Figure 11 e j Ze ef d 7 r 4 EH So Sa Ger LS e SA E Two i ei Handles 1g Blank Cover Figure 11 Unscrewing the Slot Cover e The media block slot should now be empty Figure 12 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 36 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Figure 12 Empty Slot e Carefully remove IMS1000 from its carton and antistatic bag e Gently place the IMS1000 board into the projectors media block slot guiderails on the inside of the slot Figure 12 and Figure 13 HDD 3 AES OUT _ d remi tito gd oke GPiae GPO 1 8 eg 9 16 12 3 4 SD EN Figure 13 Missing HDDs e Scr
150. elect the SPL in the left side of the GUI It will appear as a segment labeled as the title of the added SPL Figure 245 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 202 of 320 Doremi Labs Version 1 7 Available SPLs 13 6 1 2 IMS1000 Serial Number 332132 doremi OVERVIEW Refresh in New ADMINISTRATION La m create Quick Access Links all elements B e Black Sr amp Black 3D Black 3D 48 d ZS Policy 3 Showplaylist Gab Trailers Trailer 127 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB EI 2K TCF 20100823 TDC AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D_TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K SPE 201 CONTROL MONITORING Screen Software Version User Level LOGOUT d Properties of Delete b d SPL Trailers 2D 00 00 00 00 00 04 00 02 35 00 04 56 00 17 05 00 19 37 00 22 00 PreShow Black DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D F_EN XX_US GB 51_2K UP 2 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2 TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 31 2K WR_2 TRON LEGACY TLR 2 3D S_EN XX_US GB 51_2K Di 2010 Feature Presentation HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D F_EN XX US GB 51 EN_2K WB 00 09 49 SPL KARATE KID_TLR 2_F _EN XX_US GB_51_2K SPE 2010021 LIKE CRAZY TLR 1_F EN XX_US GB 51_2K PC_20110729 Black Start Time Elements Figure 245 External SPL Click the Save button to save any changes Skip to ShowPlaylist Segment Macro IMS1000 2 6 4 0 admin SuperUser External SPL added The user can also create a macro that will cause playback to jump to a specific segm
151. ent To create the macro go to Administration Macro Editor In the Macro Editor window click on the New button Figure 246 IMS1000 Serial Number 332132 doremi OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION New Button Ka New 8 Delete E Settings Create Quick Access Links Macro Dowser Close Exit from Intermission IMS OM 002949 DRM HDMI Intervallo Flat 3 minuti Intervallo Flat 5 minuti Intervallo Manuale intervallo scope 3 minuti Intervallo Scope 5 minuti Lamp Off Lamp On Play Prova Luci CONTROL MONITORING Start Time Action d Screen Software Version User Level LOGOUT Figure 246 New Macro Page 20 3 of 320 Doremi Labs IMS1000 2 6 4 0 admin SuperUser ey Kee Version 1 7 e Inthe window that appears name the macro Skip to Segment X where A is the name of the segment that will begin playing upon execution of the macro and click OK Figure 247 Macro Settings Name of the Macro Skip to Segment Feature Presentation Comments Figure 247 Macro Settings e The macro will appear in the window Highlight the macro and click on Select an Action to Insert Figure 248 Screen IMS1000 q 0 re M Uu S1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT F New 8R Delete O Settings create Quick Access Links Macro Start Time Action Dowser Close
152. er IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 143 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Click the Save button to save the configuration The server is now added to the Content Feed Manager network Figure 160 12 8 2 Adding a Server Manually 12 8 2 1 Networking the Server s e The Content Feed Manager GUI can be manually set up by clicking the New button This will allow the user to add a new server for which the fields will have to be manually entered e Click the New button to add a new server The following fields will appear Figure 160 E Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT di gt New Gi Delete create Quick Access inb New a f B Ingest Protocol FTP al Test Button E a 0 0 0 0 Button Delete Remote Path Button Hide advanced options D Authorize play while ingest from this server Revert L E Ja Button fg TT Advanced Options Save Button Figure 160 Add New Server e Enter the Identifier name in the Identifier field It is recommended that a unique identifier be used e g screen 1 screen 2 etc e The Ingest Protocol is set at FTP e Enter the IP address for the server e Optional Click the Test button to test the IP connection Figure 160 A pop up window will appear that will test the connection Click the Close button to exit this window e Enter the Remote Path for the destination of the server Th
153. es Tab 14 6 2 Log Download The Log Download tab allows the user to generate and download Security Manager SMPTE and System logs To access the Log Download Tab click on the green arrow on the right hand side of the GUI in the Log Records or Last Packages Logs tabs Figure 324 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 263 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs fj 7 i j IMS1000 Last z Version P ac kag Es OF emi IN el 000 aa Log Tab User Level admin SuperUser og D ne OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT di New Button T en Download iii Button Create Quick Access Links Status Title Database Creation Date ile Size log 06 24 2014 09 29 23 SecuntyManager 0 minute ago 72 _ Delete Button Applied Ge rs a To 2014 06 24 Figure 330 Log Download To generate a log e Click on the New button Figure 330 Input the correct password if necessary The New Log window will appear Figure 331 Create New Log Log Title og 07 30 2013 11 58 39 Database Security Manager Starting date 07 23 2013 Ending date 07 30 2013 CPL Id All KDM Id Al Figure 331 New Log Window e Select either the System or Security Manager database to create the log e Select the starting and ending date e Specify a CPL or KDM id if desired e Click the Create button or Cancel to cancel the operation Figure 331 e The log will appear in the Log Download tab IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 264 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi L
154. ew in the handles on the side of the IMS1000 board to secure it in the projector Figure 14 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 37 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Two Handles Figure 14 Securing the Board 4 2 HDDs e HDDs are to be shipped out of their chassis Upon initial installation insert them into the IMS1000 HDDs chassis carrier prior to powering up the projector Do not insert or remove HDDs if the unit is powered on HDDs are to be of the same make and model and have the same capacity Doremi prohibits mixing SATA I drives with SATA II drives within the same RAID Each one of the three HDDs that come with the IMS1000 will be labeled with a 1 2 or 3 The HDD labeled 1 is to be inserted into the left hand HDD slot labeled HDD 1 on the IMS1000 e The HDD labeled 2 is to be inserted into the middle HDD slot labeled HDD 2 on the IMS1000 e The HDD labeled 3 is to be inserted into the right hand HDD slot labeled HDD 3 on the IMS1000 e Each HDD has a silver latch mechanism that allows for unlatching of the drive from the hard drive cage Figure 15 SSS GER cn 5 I j e ever Vu drem MEN U Y S 4 Ge d d WA X G Figure 15 Silver Latch on HDD IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 38 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs For each HDD press on the silver release lever on the front side in order to release the spring loaded HDD carrier handle Figure 15 With the carrier handle open insert the drive
155. ficates O o KDMs These files include KDMs and DLMs o Network Includes IP addresses DNS configurations etc o System These files include system user accounts group configurations and timezone information IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 175 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Restore category selection Select the categories from the backup file to be restored on the system Category Description system Backup system user accounts group configuration and timezone informations kdms Backup of KDM and DLM files identity Backup of Doremi SecurityModule identity certificates doremi Backup of Doremi configuration files devices audio snmp threashold flmx 1 and databases network Backup of network configurations ip address dns Select Unselect all i Figure 208 Restore Category Selection Window e For example if you decide to select doremi highlight the item on the left and click on the Restore button e The Processing window will appear Figure 209 Processing Success Restoring from media usbO IMS1000 332132_2014 06 12T21 18 07 dbk zip Success Figure 209 Processing Window e You will be required to reboot the system to complete the restore process To reboot the system go to the System tab Figure 209 e f you decide not to reboot click on the Close button The unit will not reboot This will not complete the restore process o Note The reboot process will take approximately 3 minutes
156. g if the trigger is available for all elements or just the selected element e Click Ok when finished and the Trigger will appear on the right hand side of the GUI Figure 231 a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT La Sd z Ta Open Save d Properties Delete create Quick Access Links Pl all elements SPL Trailers 2D 00 00 00 Biack Kick Ass_TLR 4A_ EN XX_US GB 61 2K LION 20100316 TDC i 90 00 00 Lamp On LIKE_CRAZY_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K PC 20110729 DLA OV T rl g g er 00 00 04 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K UP 2 NightBefXMas TLR 9 EN XX_US GB_51_2K D 20090816 TDC C ue 00 02 35 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2 TLR 1_S EN XX US GB 51 2K WR 2 PIRATESOFTHEC4 TLR 1 2D E DG US GB 61 2K DI 2010 e a EE 00 04 56 TRON LEGACY TLR 2 3D S EN XX_US GB 51 2K Di 2010 Added aie 00 07 26 HAPPY FEET 2 TLR 4 2D F EMA US GB 51 EN 2K WB SHERLOCK HOLMES 2_TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K WR_2011 00 09 49 KARATE KID TLR 2_F EN XX _US GB 51 2K SPE 2P ucl SORCERERS APPR_TLR 1_F_EN XX _US GB 51_2K_DI 2009112 00 12 21 LIKE _CRAZY_TLR 1_F_ EN XX_US F gt __ 2K PC 20110729 5 TRON LEGACY_TLR 2 3D_S_EN XX US GB_51_2K_DI_2010072 on Test do Lamp Of vi Trigger Cues 00 14 44 Black GPI 1 OFF Test Start Time Elements Figure 231 Trigger Added IMS OM 002949
157. ged in with SuperManager privileges the password confirmation window will not appear e Click Yes to confirm the deletion 13 10 6 Adding a License e To add a license have the license file on a USB flash drive and plug it into a USB port on the unit e Goto the Control Ingest Manager and select Local Storage from the drop down menu e Select the license file s to install and click the Ingest button Figure 306 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 243 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs D Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Refresh create Quick Access Links Local Storage Le all elements Le Select all Hide ingested content localhost scanned about 0 minutes ago License GB evtiBiackout_ss cim_332132 drm ip Figure 306 License Ingest e The user will be asked for a password Enter the appropriate password and press Ok e Itis not necessary to reboot the unit e Go back to the License Manager GUI The ingested license s will be visible e After ingesting a license the associated device e g Subtitle Engine Dolby DFC 100 will be visible in the Device Manager GUI 13 10 7 Licenses Available Managed Through Doremi License Control DLM Sensio Sensio HiFi 3D Demux support is forthcoming Q3 2014 RealD RealD Deghosting RealD RealD 3D support is forthcoming Q3 2014 Rea
158. ged onto the unit Click the button to open the Session Viewer window Clicking on the button again will cause the window to close Figure 109 a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT oO Next Scheduled Events No schedule Storage Server Projector eal Playback Mode data 1835 GB free of 1853 GB Session roup IP Adress Last activity Viewer Button Figure 109 Session Viewer Window 11 1 5 Notifications The Notifications button provides the user with notifications for things such as raid status NTP status updates software integrity disk space quota and more A number will appear in the corner when there Is a new notification IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 99 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Ei Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WW Next Scheduled Events More Details Button No schedule Projector C l ear e sans All A Button fdata 1835 GB free of 1853 GB Lamp Notifications Button 14 hours 19 min ago NTP synchronization failed An error has occurred during NTP synchronization H might result in an incorrect time of the player Set up a reachable NTP server in the NTP Server confiquration More details Figure 110 Notific
159. h the user is able to change the threshold values it is recommended that the user leave the default values Each tab lists the high and low threshold as well as the hysteresis value which is optional The default hysteresis value is 0 but this can be changed The hysteresis value is the plus or minus tolerance value meaning that an alert will appear when the threshold high or low is reached and will not appear again until the hysteresis value is reached This is to prevent multiple alerts from appearing if the value continues to remain above the threshold values Once the hysteresis value is reached an alert will appear 12 20 1 Temperatures Tab The Temperature tab lists the high and low threshold values for different components of the server in degrees Celsius Hovering over the component will give a brief explanation of that component IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 181 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Revert Button Save Button Click Save to save any changes and Revert to undo any unsaved changes Figure 216 IMS1000 Serial Number 332132 doremi OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING Voltages Fans Counters Reset to Default create Quick Access Links Component Threshold high C MOTHERBOARD cpu CHIPSET DISKI DISK2 RS mea DISK4 DISKS DISK6 MD_FPGA1 MD_FPGA2 MD_RTC Temperature for Motherboard Figure 216 Temperatures Tab 12 20 2 Voltages Tab IMS1000 2 6 4 0 admin SuperUser Screen
160. hardware maintenance procedure at the same time as the projector maintenance and at least once a year This procedure is necessary to help prevent over hearting of the board Note The hardware maintenance must be performed in compliance with the ESD rules listed in Section 2 when handling the IMS1000 board It should be performed by a qualified technician If any problem occurs contact Doremi Labs Technical Services for assistance 26 2 1 Required Tools e ESD Safe Compressed Air or Vacuum e Philips Head Screwdriver Figure 351 Phillips Head Screwdriver 26 2 2 Procedure e Turn off the projector e Remove the IMS1000 unit from the projector See Sections 4 5 6 for more information on installing and removing the IMS1000 e Remove all HDDs from the chassis See Sections 4 5 6 for more information on installing and removing the HDDs e Blow the dust from the security enclosure heatsink and the CPU heatsink Figure 352 as well as the HDD trays Figure 353 Use a vacuum cleaner or a source of compressed air that is ESD safe o Note Do not use a brush as this can potentially result in damage to the board The dust removal should be limited to blowing the dust from the heatsinks and the HDD trays IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 314 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs Ze d Security Po ET O Enclosure bt ey Pl i Heatsink l SE AD A CPU Heatsink HDD Tray Figure 353 HDD Tray e Reinstall all HDDs on the
161. hardware warranty can be found at the following location http www doremilabs com support cinema support cinema warranties HDMI The terms HDMI and HDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 19 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs WARNING THIS DEVICE MUST BE GROUNDED IMPORTANT Power requirements for electrical equipment vary from area to area Please ensure that the IMS1000 meets the power requirements in the surrounding area If in doubt consult a qualified electrician or a Doremi Labs dealer IMS1000 Power Ratings e The IMS1000 Maximum Power Consumption is up to 53W in playback 400Mbps with three external USB devices attached that can draw 5V 0 5A from the IMS1000 USB ports WARNING Multiple sources of supply disconnect all sources before servicing IMS1000 Rack Mount and Thermal Information e Maximum operating ambient temperature is 40 C e Never restrict the air flow through the devices fan or vents Protecting Yourself and the IMS1000 Never touch the AC plug with wet hands Always disconnect the projector from the power supply by pulling on the plug not the cord Allow only a Doremi Labs Inc dealer or qualified professional engineer to repair or reassemble the IMS1000 Apart from voiding the warranty unauthorized engineers may touch live internal parts and rece
162. he Data check box for the individual CPL indicating that they want the channel to get a data signal not an audio signal Figure 297 Click Save to save any modifications Figure 297 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 236 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs CPL Information Properties Assets SPL s KDM s Audio Mapping Settings Channel Label Data Channel Label Lieft R Right C Center LFE Screen Ls Left surround Rs Right surround Hi Hearing impaired Save VI N Narration Button Figure 297 Audio Mapping Tab 13 10 2 2 6 Settings Tab The Settings tab allows the user to alter the subtitle placement for the CPL as well as enable delete protection which prevents that CPL from being deleted If a user attempts to delete the CPL they will get an error message Click Save to save any modifications Figure 298 CPL Information Properties Assets SPL s KDM s Audio Mapping Settings Misc Subtitle Placement Delete protection Top Offset Bottom Offset Right Offset Left Offset Save Button Figure 298 Settings Tab IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 237 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 10 2 3 Filter Tool The Content Manager allows the user to filter CPLs in the Composition Playlist tab using the Filter button located on the top portion of the window Figure 299 The Filter button allows the user to sort the CPLs based on the type of elements that have been ingested In this case the user can filter b
163. he SPLs available on the unit together with the following information Figure 302 o SPL Duration o SPL Name o UUID To access the Show Playlist tab click on the green arrow on the right hand side of the GUI in the Decryption Keys and Licenses tabs Figure 300 To see an updated view of the tab will all available SPLs click on the Refresh button To search for a specific KDM click on the Search button To select or unselect all of the SPLs click the Select All button Figure 302 EI Screen IMS1000 Refres h M S 1 0 0 Software Versin lt u 4 U Serial Number 332132 user Level admin SuperUser Button OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL HIT anu LOGOUT WI Search Button Licenses Tab Refresh C Delete kel Search Select all 3 roata Quick Appess inks create Quick Access Links rae gestion wm Download Icon Intermission_SPL um uuid bcbea1d3 d5f9 4dae adad b0446bd2uu Main_SPL um uuid bdb09221 253a 4e95 a44b 24ce57b1ea2d SPL um uuid 25645343 acbe 4110 bae0 7ea56cd42e15 test um uuid 898b6b8c 45c8 468b 9760 a6295cda652d Delete B U tto n um uuid 8adaGac9 cha1 45ec 82ce 5a1b6437108e Select Figure 302 Show Playlist Tab 13 10 4 1 Delete a SPL e Select a SPL from the list and click the Delete button Figure 302 A manager password and confirmation will be needed to perform the operation e Confirm or deny the deletion with the pop up confirmation window by pressing Yes or No IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 240 of 3
164. hould flash orange IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 63 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Enter in the correct password Contact your administrator for the correct password The numbered buttons should flash green if you have entered the password correctly Allow about a minute for the tamper errors to clear Once the marriage has been completed the Key button will turn green Figure 62 and the taillight will also turn green Key Button Figure 62 Green Key Button To ensure that the marriage was completed correctly on the IMS1000 GUI go to Monitoring gt Diagnostics Media Block The Security Manager section should appear as it does below Figure 63 E Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WW E Create Quick Access Links Projector Media Decoder Video Watermark Audio Watermark Security as Manager we Ke Service Door Status Physical Marriage Sect i O n Service Door Armed Logical Mariage Partial Blackout i Active Mariage Figure 63 Security Manager Section Marriage is now complete IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 64 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 65 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 6 Installation and Marriage with a Christie Series 2 Projector e Before you begin to install the IMS1000 into your projector be sure that
165. ick Access Links Finance Entity Name Name Circuit IMS OM 002949 DRM IMS1000 Serial Number 332132 Screen IMS1000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 User Level admin SuperUser ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WW Street Address City Province Postal code Country Figure 178 Facility Tab Page 157 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 14Quick Access Links The Quick Access Links application allows the user to create links on the left side of the GUI to be quickly accessed by the user from anywhere on the GUI The links are available on every tab of the GUI To access the Quick Access Links application go to Administration Control Panel Quick Access Links or click on the Quick Access Links tab on the left side of the GUI Figure 179 A maximum of 12 links can be created 9 ocreen IMS1000 d 0 re M Vi S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT e Quick Access Links are displayed on the left and allow you to configure a direct link to the WebUI specified page create Quick Access Links Select link Select a location Figure 179 Quick Access Links To create a new Access Link select the desired tab from the drop down list and click the Add button Figure 180 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 158 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs EI Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0
166. ick Access Links Template Mapping 9 channels OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Channel Label Channel Label ULeft Cs Center surround R Right Mute CiCenter Mute LFE Screen Mute Ls Left surround Mute Rs Right surround Mute Lc Left center Hi Hearing impaired Rc Right center VI N Narration SR Figure 118 Audio Mapping Set to Nine Channels IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 109 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 2 2 6 ISDCF This configuration is defined as follows Figure 119 Ch 01 is Left L Output ch 01 will be playing the CPL s Left L audio channel Ch 02 is Right R Output ch 02 will be playing the CPL s Right R audio channel Ch 03 is Center C Output ch 03 will be playing the CPL s Center C audio channel Ch 04 is LFE Screen Sub Woofer Output ch 04 will be playing the CPL s LFE Screen Sub Woofer audio channel e Ch 05 is Left Surround Ls Output ch 05 will be playing the CPL s Left Surround Ls audio channel e Ch 06 is Right Surround Rs Output ch 06 will be playing the CPL s Right Surround Rs audio channel e Ch 07 is HI Output ch 07 will be playing the CPL s Hearing Impaired HI audio channel e Ch 08 is VI Output ch 08 will be playing the CPL s Narration VI audio channel e Ch 09 is Left Center Lc Output ch 09 will be playing the CPL s Left Center Lc audio channel e Ch 10 is Right Center Rc Output ch 10 will be playing the CPL s Right Center Rc audi
167. ick on the green arrow button on the right side of the GUI Figure 221 e The Editor tab is composed of two different parts Figure 222 o The left pane displays all of the content eg features trailers advertisements and Automation and Trigger Cues o The right pane is used to display the content of a given Show Playlist IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 186 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs R Screen IMS1000 N S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT W Available Co ntent s mal New E Open e Save K Properties EN Delete Create Quick Access Links SPL Pre SPL Trailers 2D Content Pattern s 00 00 00 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K UP 2 Black 00 02 31 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2 TLR 1_S EN XX US GB 51 2K WR_2 Black 30 00 04 52 TRON LEGACY TLR 2 3D_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K D 2010 Black 3D 48 00 07 22 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D F EMA US GB 51 EN 2K WE _ amp Policy L 00 09 45 KARATE KID_TLR 2_F ENAX US GB 1 E SPE 2010021 _ToyStory 2 3D_Intermission 6_F_EN XX_US_61_2K_DI 00 12 17 LIKE CRAZY TLR 1_F EN XX_US GB 51 2K PC 20110729 amp Showplaylist Trailers EE Trailer 127 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K TCF 20100823 TDC AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D_TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 51_2K SPE_ 201 BRIDESMAIDS TLR 1_F EN XX US GB 51 2K UP 20110201 UG Start Time Elements Figure 222 Editor Tab 13 2 1 Show Playli
168. ill be playing the CPL s audio channel X X will be a value between 7 and 14 Ch 15 is HI Output ch 15 will be playing the CPL s Hearing Impaired HI audio channel Ch 16 is VI Output ch 16 will be playing the CPL s Narration VI audio channel E Screen IMS1000 D re M Vi ki 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser Di create Quick Access Links Template Mapping 6 channels Channel Mappin OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Channel Label Ch LIent R Right Mute C Center Mute LFE Screen Mute Ls Left surround Mute Rs Right surroun d Mute Mute Hi Hearing impaired Mute VI N Narration Figure 115 Audio Mapping Set to Six Channels IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 106 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 2 2 3 Seven Channels This configuration is defined as follows Figure 116 Ch 01 is Left L Output ch 01 will be playing the CPL s Left L audio channel Ch 02 is Right R Output ch 02 will be playing the CPL s Right R audio channel Ch 03 is Center C Output ch 03 will be playing the CPL s Center C audio channel Ch 04 is LFE Screen Sub Woofer Output ch 04 will be play ing the CPL s FE Screen Sub Woofer audio channel Ch 05 is Left Surround Ls Output ch 05 will be playing the CPL s Left Surround Ls audio channel Ch 06 is Right Surround Rs Output ch 06 will be playing the CPL s Right Surround Rs audio channel Ch 07 is Input
169. ill provide the following information Any time the user wants to exit the CPL Information window click on the Close button Figure 287 13 10 2 2 1 Properties Tab The Properties tab displays the following information about the CPL Figure 287 e Title e Sound Channel count Quantization bits Encoding e Picture Encoding and Dimension e Package size e Duration e Edit rate frame rate e Kind e g trailer feature etc e Caption and Subtitle Info e UUID Universally Unique Identifier e Creation date e Creator e Company CPL Information Assets SPL s KDM s Audio Mapping Settings Beowulf TST R2 4r 4v 4a 4s S EN FR TMP 51 2K PC 20100305 TDC JPEG2000 2048x858 24 Kind Audio PCM 24b Sch English Disk size Caption Standard Subtitle N 1 track English Duration ID um uuid c9e9b992 a983 486e Stid c 1 feds 96ed6d9 Creation 2010 03 05T1 5 22 42 05 00 Creator wi cpl Wailua v0 6 44 Company Technicolor digital cinema la Figure 287 CPL Information Window Properties Tab IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 231 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 10 2 2 2 Assets Tab e The Assets tab Figure 288 displays information on all the Reels that compose the CPL and the Assets in each Reel Reel number subtitle and sound GPL Information Properties SPL s KDM s Audio Mapping Reel 1 gt MainPicture 948a720e 1ad6 406a 852c a38ab756ab3a P MainSound f4d298b9 cd40 4413 ad71 dbf33d371660 gt MainS
170. ing information about the related CPL Figure 294 o CPL Title o CPL ID CPL UUID KDM Information Properties Content Validation TDL CPL Info CPL title 2K DCI Maximum Bitrate Composition Encrypted 2 1 8 4a CPL ID geg Figure 294 Content Tab e The Validation tab Figure 295 contains precise information about the date and time of the validity of the KDM an approximation of the period for which the KDM is valid IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 235 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs KDM Information Properties Content Validation Yalidation Not valid before 2011 11 157T00 00 00 00 00 Not valid after 2015 12 18700 00 00 00 00 Valid for 2 year s 10 months fi G Figure 295 Validation Tab e he TDL tab contains the list of the trusted devices projectors and their certificate thumbprints Figure 296 KDM Information Properties Content Validation TDL ID urn uuid 30ca2e13 2f31 c74e 97d3 44182bc892c2 Certificate Thumbprint Trust all Ok Button Figure 296 TDL Tab e Click Ok to return to the CPL Properties window Figure 295 13 10 2 2 5 Audio Mapping Tab The Audio Mapping tab allows the user to save audio settings specific to the CPL Figure 297 The audio setting created for the entire unit in Administration Control Panel Audio Settings do not carry over into this tab allowing the user to edit these settings for each CPL if so desired The user also has the option to enable t
171. ion process quicker and simpler 12 8 1 Quick Configuration To open the Content Feed Manager application go to Administration Content Feed Manager Figure 159 EI Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT e New Gi Delete create Quick Access Links Identifier Ingest Protocol FTP Advanced Server IP O pt i ons Usemame Password Remote Path Hide advanced options Authorize play while ingest from this server File type to scan Key Delivery Message Doremi License Composition Playlist Show Playlist Installation Package Figure 159 Content Feed Manager 12 8 1 1 Advanced Options Clicking the Advanced Options button will open a drop down menu where the user can configure the following file types to be used for ingesting Figure 159 e Authorize play while ingest from this server not supported e Key Delivery Message allows the KDM to be ingested from the FTP or another server registered in the netmap e Composition Playlist enabled by default allows import or FTP of a CPL into the server e Installation Package software security manager firmware packages for upgrades e Doremi License DLM Doremi License Messages e g Dolby3D RealD 4K Enabled etc e Show Playlist click this box to be able to export and then import a SPL from one server to anoth
172. ires a license follow the steps below e Place the DLM file may be zipped and the package file on a USB drive and plug it into a USB port on the server e Goto Control Ingest Manager and select Local Storage from the drop down menu Figure 347 e Select the license file s to install only and click the Ingest button first Then select the package file and click the Ingest button again Figure 347 E Ingest i remi INS 000 Screen Screen3 Software Version 2 6 4 0 B utto n Serial Number 300106 User Level admin SuperUser em OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WI Local Storage F ee 4 create Quick Access Local Storage M a elements E ESE Hide ingested content D L M z localhost scanned about 0 minutes ago Fi e K WEE EE 8 IMS fw_4 2 10 D pkg Package File Assets found CPL s 0 PKG s 1 KDM s 0 DLM s 0 Other s 1 Figure 347 Ingest Manger e The user will be asked for a password when clicking the Ingest button the first time Enter the appropriate password and press Ok e Reboot the server IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 311 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs e After the server has booted back up you can confirm the update by clicking on the Monitoring tab 26 1 2 Updating the IMS1000 via Remote Package Ingest No DLM Required To perform an update that does not require a license follow the steps below e The Upload option can only upload pkg files It can access these files on your local networ
173. ive a serious electric shock Do not put or allow anyone to put any object especially metal objects into the IMS1000 Use only an AC power supply Never use a DC power supply lf water or any other liquid is spilled into or onto the IMS1000 disconnect the power and call a Doremi dealer The unit must be well ventilated and away from direct sunlight To avoid damage to internal circuitry as well as the external finish keep the IMS1000 away from direct sources of heat heater vents stoves radiators Avoid using flammable aerosols near the IMS1000 They can damage the surface area and may ignite Do not use denatured alcohol paint thinner or similar chemicals to clean the IMS1000 This can damage the unit Modification of this equipment is dangerous and can result in the impairment of the functions of the IMS1000 Never attempt to modify the equipment in any way In order to ensure optimum performance of the IMS1000 select the setup location carefully and make sure the equipment Is used properly Avoid setting up the IMS1000 in the following locations e Inahumid or dusty environment e n aroom with poor ventilation IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 20 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Ona surface which is not level e Inside a moving vehicle where it will be subject to vibration e Inan extremely hot or cold environment Removable Drives Warning Removal of the hot swappable hard drives allows access to pins and traces supplying power to the ha
174. k eliminating the need to use a USB drive e Go to Control Ingest Manager Upload Figure 348 Screen IMS1000 E M S 1 0 D 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 3 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WW Browse Button create Quick Access Links e You can upload packages to upgrade the product or to install additional features Click on the input box below to select the packages you want fo install e A system reboot might be necessary to complete packages installation Upload package No files selected Upload Button Figure 348 Ingest Upload e Click the Browse button to locate the package to ingest Figure 348 e Click the Upload button when you have selected the file Figure 348 e When the file has been uploaded you will be prompted to reboot the unit Click the Reboot button Figure 349 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 312 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs a 0 re Im Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Create Quick Access Links e You can upload packages to upgrade the product or to install additional features Click on the input box below to select the packages you want to install e Asystem reboot might be necessary to complete packages installation Files uploaded successfully Click herr to reboot Upload packages e
175. k Actions and then click Insert Figure 260 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 210 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs H Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT gt New CH Delete o Settings Macro Create Quick Access Links Macro Start Time Action Added Dowser Close HDMI Intervallo Flat 3 minuti Intervallo Flat 5 minuti Intervallo Manuale Intervallo scope 3 minuti Intervallo Scope 5 minuti Lamp Off Lamp On Play Prova Luci Skip to Segment Feature_Presentation Select an action to insert Insert Select an action to insert Es Button uf General Purpose Output Send Message _ Playback Audio Volume Video Output Action H Act i ons Purge Pending Macro Library Figure 260 Macro Added e Select Exit from Intermission from the drop down menu and click OK Figure 261 Playback Actions Choose the action Play Play Pause Toggle Play Pause Recue Show Rewind Skip to Next Clip Skip to ShowPlaytist Segment Figure 261 Exit from Intermission e Click the Save button and enter the necessary password to save Figure 262 SuperUser privileges are necessary to save the macro IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 211 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Screen IMS1000 N S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser doremi OVERV
176. l in emergency cases For instance in case of a crash recovery the player will resume the show but the operator will have to quickly execute some macros such as projector lamp on Click the Refresh button to ensure all recently added macros are visible Figure 315 D Screen IMS1000 d re Mn M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT W Refresh 03 uuick Access Links Button Execute a saved automation cue macro in one single click Macro List HDMI Intervallo Manuale Intervallo scope 3 minuti Intervallo Scope 5 minuti Intervallo Flat 3 minuti Intervallo Flat 5 minuti Prova Luci Dowser Close Figure 315 Macro Execution IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 252 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 253 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 14 Monitoring Tab This application provides information for each drive detailed reports and product information 14 1 Diagnostics To access the Diagnostic application go to Monitoring Tab and click on Diagnostics e The System tab will automatically appear on the screen Figure 316 E Screen IMS1000 D re M i i Vi S1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT F Detailed Report create Quick Access Links I
177. lD RealD Side by Side License Dolby Dolby 3D Doremi Doremi 4K License Doremi Doremi Streamlt License Barco Auro 3D support is forthcoming Q3 2014 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 244 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 11 Device Controller 13 11 1 How to Configure the Device Controller GUI e To open the Device Controller application go to Control Device Controller e The following Device Controller window will appear Figure 307 E Screen IMS1000 l M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2840 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Faber Arraes Eua bel Browse Projectors Browse Eo uick Access Links D roj ecto rs e This application can be used to monitor or control external devices B tt e To control a device select a device from the Registered tab or connect to a device from the Manual tab utton IP 192 168 10 10 Figure 307 Device Controller e To view existing projectors click on the Browse Projector button Figure 307 The following window will appear Figure 308 Projector List IMS Figure 308 Browse Projector Window IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 245 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 11 2 Registered Tab e If the device was previously created registered in the Device Manager GUI then it will automatically appear in the Registered tab of the Device Controller GUI e An IMB or Sony SRX Projector will be automatically detected by the Device Contro
178. led error code sd 2 0 0 0 sdh Result hostbyte 0x01 driverbyte 0x00 I O error in filesystem md0 meta data dev mdO block xfs_force_shutdown md0 0x2 called from line 944 of file fs xfs xfs_log c Return address 0xc11c897b Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel Filesystem md0 Log I O Error Detected Shutting down Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel Please umount the filesystem and rectify the problem s Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel ata3 EH complete Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel ata3 00 detaching SCSI 2 0 0 0 Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel sd 2 0 0 0 sdh Stopping disk Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel sd 2 0 0 0 sdh START STOP FAILED Jul 30 14 34 07 ims1000 kernel reading directory 2 offset 0 17 2 3 Solution Contact Doremi Labs Section 1 3 to replace the RAID card Doremi PN IMS RAID A2 AKI Manufacturer PN DOR IMSC 1RBP 1001 For a temporary workaround reboot the unit It may take several reboots before the unit if fully operational 17 3 eSATA Drives Not Seen 17 3 1 Description The eSATA drives are not showing in the Ingest Manager 17 3 2 Identification When looking at doremi log kern log or doremi log kern log x if the issue occurred a while before the report was taken you should see these kinds of messages when this issue occurs IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 279 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Aug 6 12 39 27 ims1000 kernel ata2 exception Emask 0x10 SAct 0x0 SErr 0x4050000 action Oxe frozen Aug
179. link click the information button IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 159 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs L Info Button Revert Button Save Button Added Link EU Screen IMS1000 i re mi l M S 1 000 Software Version 28 A0 r i Serial Number 332132 TERNA E Re SC OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Ve a B u tto n e Quick Access Links are displayed on the left and allow you to configure a direct link to the WebUI specified page Create Quick Access Links a Delete Select link System i eee ia B U tto n oi Administration gt System Revert Button Figure 182 Editing the Link Once you have finished adding links click the Save button Clicking the Revert button will delete all unsaved changes Figure 182 After saving and refreshing the newly added link will appear on the left hand side of the GUI in all tabs Figure 183 Clicking on the link will automatically take the user to the designated tab IMS1000 Screen M 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WW Zu Gp Ye 2 Account Manager gd Audio Settings D Backup Manager si Networking Configuration Ss Device Manager GL esac ee SE Vie Cinelister Configuration B Quick Access Links Sr License Agreement dE Content Feed Manager 0 System GP Automatic Log Upload Manager u Live Manager _ Terminal P Log Operator Maintenan
180. ller application when added to the network e The following parameters are shown in the Registered tab for the device Type IP Port O O Name e The Port number is automatically populated Please do not alter this field e Select the device to control and then click on it The Device Controller window will display four tabs that will allow the user to configure control and manage the device Figure 309 doremi create Quick Access Links Screen IMS1000 M 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT W Lal Browse Projectors e This application can be used to monitor or control external devices e To control a device select a device from the Registered tab or connect to a device from the Manual tab 192 168 10 10 Figure 309 Registered Tab 13 11 2 1 General Tab The first tab displays and controls the input source and scaling Figure 310 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 246 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs IMS1000 E Screen M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT create Quick Access Links kg Browse Projectors System Colors info input intemal Scaling Side Masking Scaling Drop Down Figure 310 General Tab e Input The following sources are supported o Internal signal source is
181. logs you will see the following message Dec 31 17 00 05 2007 ERROR FIPS lock Two tamper events can trigger a master key erasure resulting in a FIPS lock osc_t oscillator may also mean battery issue in some cases td1_t enclosure IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 289 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs A hardware issue with FPGA or its associated component can also trigger a FIPS lock and the following message will be seen on the serial log IMB loading firmware IMS FW 4 1 3 3 IMB Firmware CRC is GOOD IMB prog_fpga 6589 3609899 FPGA_CONFIG_STATUS IMB load_firmware Can t load FPGA firmware reason 1 IMB clarity_dev_ioctl Can t load firmware Jan 1 00 00 01 2009 INFO firmware integrity seltest succeeded Jan 1 00 00 01 000 E e e Jan 1 00 00 01 2009 ERROR FIPS lock 17 10 3 Solution This issue was fixed in BOM revision E4 The solution for a customer would be to RMA the unit 17 11 No power 17 11 1 Description There is no power on the IMS All LEDs are off 17 11 2 Identification No errors in the logs 17 11 3 Solution This issue was fixed in BOM revisions E9 and E10 The solution for a customer would be to RMA the unit 17 12 Unit Not Booting When Drives Are Installed 17 12 1 Description The IMS unit will not boot up completely when the HDDs are installed Unit only boots up completely when HDDs are not plugged in 17 12 2 Identification If you have access to the CPU serial logs you
182. m and then clicking the X button Figure 234 e To view the properties of an SPL open the SPL and click the SPL Properties button Figure 234 e To view the properties of a particular CPL highlight the CPL and click on the Properties icon that appears on the right Figure 234 13 4 2 Deleting a Show Playlist e Open the desired SPL Once the SPL is opened delete it by clicking on the Delete SPL button Figure 234 e A password will be needed to complete this operation SuperUser privileges are necessary to confirm the changes If the user is already logged in with SuperUser privileges the password confirmation window will not appear e The Delete window will appear Figure 235 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 195 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Show Playlist available on the server test Fire Alarm Trigger Test Reneh NewSPL Figure 235 Delete SPL Window e Select the SPL to delete and click Delete 13 4 3 Element Properties e To view the properties of any element in a Show Playlist select the element from the right side of the GUI Highlight the selected item and click on the Element Properties button that appears on the right Figure 234 e The Composition Playlist Properties window will appear Figure 236 Composition Playlist Properties UUID um uuid 309d2c67 6880 46d8 ba52 ce7Sadc5dc88 Content Title serenity Fu Movie_v5 Content Kind feature Duration 01 58 55 Picture Encoding JPEG2000 2048 x 1080 Rate
183. mi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 95 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 11 Overview Tab The Overview Tab will always display first upon logging in to the IMS1000 GUI Figure 105 This tab provides the user with a snap shot of the systems current status The top section of the screen labeled Playback Status will display the current playback status along with any upcoming ShowPlaylist schedules The lower part of this screen displays the current system status and is separated by storage server and projector status Hot links on this tab provide quick access to the user for its respective function From the top Tabs Bar the user can navigate to the Administration Tab Control Tab or the Monitoring Tab doremi Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Curre Next Scheduled Events Siop No schedule Storage Projector ke Status Dowser data 1835 GB free of 1853 GB Lamp Notification Bar Figure 105 Overview Tab 11 1 Notification Bar The bottom Notification Bar allows the user to quickly access important features of the IMS1000 These buttons are available and can be accessed at the bottom of every tab 11 1 1 Quick Controls The Quick Controls button allows quick access to macros that have been added in the Quick Controls tab located at Admini
184. n Interrupt count should stay at 0 for dolohin module when this issue occurs Exec command Cat proc interrupts CPUO CPU1 0 62 O IO APIC edge timer 9 0 O IO APIC fasteoi acpi 24 1 0 IO APIC fasteoi pvrsrvkm 25 6 O IO APIC fasteoi parse encode _isr 26 11 0 IO APIC fasteoi decode mus Ier 47 0 o IO APIC fasteoi ahci 64 8944 0 PCI MSIl edge ahci 65 ou o PCLMSLedge dolphin NMI 0 0 Non maskable interrupts LOC 168013 167851 Local timer interrupts IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 283 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs SPU 0 QO Spurious interrupts lf the report was taken while the error was showing look at cat proc dolphinO in drmreport txt lf the report was taken after a reboot look at cat proc dolphinO in doremi log kreport log x kreport log being the previous boot kreport log 0 being the boot before and so on VID_IFR register should be at value 00000001 when this issue occurs Exec command cat proc dolphino kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Doremi Labs Inc PCI Driver for the Dolphin card kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Dolphin registers GPI 00000000 GPO 00000000 AUD CFG 0060106A AUD MAPO 76543210 vip CFG 007074C0 VIDIER 00000701 VID CTRL 00000000 AES CONTROL 00000004 AES_SIZE 00000000 17 8 1 3 Solution Install firmware version 4 2 7 or higher 17 8 2 Sudden Interruption Mid Playback 17 8 2 1 Des
185. n the Device Manager To access the Device Manager go to Administration Device Manager Figure 28 New Device Screen Button dremi IMS1 000 Software Version ee Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT rcess Links P New R Delete create Quick Access Links Certainty Figure 28 Device Manager e Select Projector from the New Device drop down menu Figure 29 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 45 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Projector Selected Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser doremi OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT ol g New R Delete create Quick Access Links Figure 29 Add Projector Drop Down e Populate the projector parameters that appear Figure 30 a Screen IMS1000 MV S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT g New R Delete Projector A Device Type Projector Create Quick Access Links Certainty Identifier Projector Projector model NEC Series 2 DLP Head IP 192 168 10 10 Username Machine Enable subtities Yes Primary projector Yes Save Button Figure 30 Projector Added e Click the Save button Figure 30 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 46 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 4 10 Marriage To pe
186. n the right side of the GUI Figure 234 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 194 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs ocreen IMS1000 Uu S 1 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Delete d S P L re Mm Serial Number 332132 User Level admin EST S P L Prope rties OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WW Button Button Refresh New Open Eo om K Properties al Delete create Quick Access Links all elements e e SPL Trailers 2D Delete Element Button Black S 00 00 00 Black Sach ap 00 00 04 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D F EN XX US GB 51 2K UP 2 Black 3D 48 00 02 35 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2 TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K WR ER Policy 00 04 56 TRON LEGACY TLR 2 3D_S EN XX US GB 51 2K D 2010 S ToyStory 2 30_Intermission 5_F_EN XX_US_51_2K D 00 07 26 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D F_EN XX_US GB 51 EN 2K WB Showplaylist 00 09 49 KARATE KID_TLR 2 F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K SPE 2010021 Trailers 00 12 21 LIKE _CRAZY_TLR 1_F EN XX US GB SI 2K PC 20110729 E eme nt 00 14 45 Black P ro pe rt i es Icon Trailer 127 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K TCF 20100823 TDC AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D_TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB EI 2K SPE 201 BRIDESMAIDS _TLR 1_F_EN XX US GB 51 2K UP 20110201_UDS DEHANGE TLR 1 F EN XX US GB 51 2K PC 20080115 DELUXE Start Time Elements Figure 234 SPL Opened e Re order the elements within the SPL by using the up and down arrows Figure 232 Remove elements by selecting the
187. nd use the software on the IMS1000 Integrated Media Server 1 2 Software Version e This manual is intended for use with software version 2 6 4 and higher e This manual is intended for use with Web GUI version 1 1 7 e The SM Version is o 6 0 14 and higher for Series 2 Projectors 1 3 Contact Technical Support If in need of help or assistance please contact Doremi Labs Technical Services USA 24 7 Technical Services line 1 866 484 4004 Technical Services Email cinemasupport doremilabs com Europe 24 7 Technical Services line 33 0 492 952 847 Technical Services Link http support doremitechno org ticketing Japan Technical Services line 044 966 4855 Technical Services Email support doremilabs co jp Australia China India Indonesia Korea Malaysia New Zealand Philippines Singapore Taiwan Thailand Technical Services Email supportasia doremilabs com IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 23 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 24 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 2 ESD Rules ESD Safety Rules ESD Electrostatic Discharge safety rules are to be respected while installing repairing or upgrading hardware on Doremi Cinema Servers The basic rules and elements of ESD control are the following e Grounded personnel o All technicians must wear ESD safe smocks wrist straps and heel straps that are properly attached o Never touch a sensitiv
188. nelister Show Playlist Error Could not load the Show Playlist Reason Unknown error 0 17 8 1 2 Identification When looking at doremi doremi log odetics log or doremi doremi log odetics log x depending on the date of occurrence there should be the following timeout messages when the issue occurs Mon Sep 30 19 13 14 2013 INFO Loading CPL e5ded2d0 d646 41 a4 b8c4 32fe88fd5277 in Slot 1 Mon Sep 30 19 13 14 2013 INFO Accept KDM O6dbadf0 ed1 1 4fad b9d1 196e974801a0 for CPL e5ded2d0 d646 41a4 b8c4 32fe88fd5277 Mon Sep 30 19 13 14 2013 INFO CPL e5ded2d0 d646 41a4 b8c4 32fe88fd527f successfully loaded dolphin_video_context_set_state_sync dolphin_video_context_set_state_sync dolphin_video_context_set_state_sync pthread_cond_timedwait dolphin_video_context_set_state_sync pthread_cond_timedwait dolphin_video_context_set_state_sync Too many errors Exiting Mon Sep 30 19 13 26 2013 ERROR Can t set context to DolphinContextPaused pthread_cond_timedwait pthread_cond_timedwait timeout expired timeout expired timeout expired timeout expired Q AN AN A Aa N NSN N SN If the report was taken while the error was present look at cat proc interrupts in drmreport txt If the report was taken after a reboot look at cat proc interrupts in doremi log kreport log x kreport log being the previous boot kreport log 0 being the boot before and so o
189. nelister Configuration E Quick Access Links License Agreement p Content Feed Manager System Automatic Log Upload Manager Live Manager F Terminal Ee Log Operator Maintenance Le Macro Editor Event Log Scheduled Tasks Administration Tab Theater Properties Individual Tab CH Threshold Manager Time Settings Figure 111 Administration Tab Window e Device Manager Allows the user to add edit and delete different projectors close caption devices subtitle devices etc e Content Feed Manager Allows the user to connect to other servers Once connected the specified servers will show in the Ingest Manager and there they will be able to pull ShowPlaylists CPLs KDMs and Doremi Licenses e Macro Editor Allows the user to view edit and add macros e Terminal Allows the user to perform terminal commands e System Allows the user to shut down restart and place the unit on standby e Control Panel o Account Manager Allows the user to add remove edit user accounts o Networking Configuration Allows the user to setup and modify network connections o Quick Access Links Allows the user to create links on the left side of the GUI for quick access to certain applications o Theater Properties Allows the user to input the information for the theater facility contacts and auditorium o Time Settings Allows the user to check and change the time and time zone Changing the time is limited annu
190. ng the previous boot kreport log 0 being the boot before and so on The highlighted line referencing the Marvell controller will NOT appear when this issue occurs Exec command Ispci 00 00 0 Host bridge Intel Corporation Device 0709 rev 08 01 13 0 Multimedia controller Intel Corporation Device 0706 rev 01 01 14 0 Multimedia controller Intel Corporation Device 0705 rev 01 01 15 0 Unassigned class ff00 Intel Corporation CE Media Processor SPI Slave rev 01 01 16 0 Display controller Intel Corporation Device 070a 01 1b 0 SD Host controller Intel Corporation Device 070b 03 00 0 Unassigned class ff00 Device 1fd5 0007 rev 21 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 277 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs When looking at doremi log kern log or doremi log kern log x if the issue occurred a while before the report was taken the following message will NOT appear on the specific boot that the RAID card was not detected Nov 12 10 07 10 ims1000 kernel ata10 00 ATAPI MARVELL VIRTUALL 1 09 max UDMA 66 Nov 12 10 07 10 ims1000 kernel scsi 9 0 0 0 Processor Marvell Console 1 01 PQ 0 ANSI 5 Note This section is only applicable to IMS1000 units with the Marvell RAID card 17 1 3 Solution Contact Doremi Labs Section 1 3 to replace the RAID card Doremi PN IMS RAID A2 AKI Manufacturer PN DOR IMSC 1RBP 1001 For a temporary workaround reboot the unit It may take several reboots before the unit if fully operational 17 2 RAI
191. ngly in the security system Next Button Next WB Menu W Marriage gem F Hr 11 30 51AM Figure 88 Marriage Wizard e When the Marriage Checklist window appears click Next Figure 89 GA Critical alarm exists CHRISTIE 4K Marriage wy Start S Marriage Checklist Marriage Checklist Arming SE Finish By proceeding with this wizard you are acknowledging that the We following items have been checked and are in order Light Engine Security 1 Ensure that fan clips are in place and tightened on the 4 fan pack on the side of the light engine compartment These clips prevent the fan from being pushed off its mounts from outside the projector 2 Ensure that light engine fan pack internal screw is tightened This screw prevents removal of the light engine fan pack Ke Next Button Prev Next We Menu IW Marriage vne 19 Ou er 11 31 22 AM Figure 89 Marriage Checklist IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 79 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e The Arm Marriage window will appear When the Arm Marriage button is pressed the user has 30 seconds to press the Marriage button on the projector which should now be green Figure 90 and Figure 91 Critical alarm exists CHAISTIE 4K Marriage wy Start Marriage Checklist Arming Arming Finish To arm the marriage the button labeled Marriage on the projector must be Arm pressed within 30 seconds of clicking the button below M arri ag e Button A
192. nostics Storage tab to see the status of the RAID If you need to build the RAID status will be degraded To build the RAID go to the Reset All Drives tab in the Storage tab Figure 335 e Click the Reset All Drives button Figure 335 e The user will receive a warning and will be asked to confirm the procedure Figure 336 e Click Continue to continue or Cancel to cancel the operation IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 269 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Reimitialize Reinitialize Reinitialize all the drive to the factory setting lis operation does result in boss of all your data conitent Figure 336 Confirmation Window e The Reinitialize window will appear again asking the user to confirm the operation Figure 337 Reinitialize Step 1 of 2 You are going to perform an operation that changes the configuration of the disks RAID Press Continue button to go to next step of the process lf you are unsure press Cancel button WARNING This operation does result in loss of all your data content Figure 337 Confirmation Window e The process will begin Figure 338 Reinitialize Step 2 of 2 e Processing Checking disk status OK Shutting down services Unmounting opt OK stopping opt OK Unmounting Figure 338 In Progress e When the procedure is complete the Storage tab will display a healthy RAID IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 270 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs This page has been i
193. nsaved information Figure 129 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 118 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Ki ocreen IMS1000 j 0 re M l M ki 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser E nabled Check Box OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT w gt New Gi Delete Projector create Quick Access Links Device Type eCNA Certainty Identifier eCNA eCNA Server IP Figure 130 eCNA Added 12 3 3 1 Removing an eCNA Device e To remove the eCNA device select it in the Device Manager GUI and click the Delete Device button Figure 129 12 3 4 Adding a JNior Device e To add the JNior device click the New button in the Device Manager window Figure 126 The New Device drop down window will appear Select JNior The Device Manager GUI will be updated to reflect the addition of the JNior device Input the JNior Server IP address in the appropriate field Figure 131 The port number field will already contain the appropriate value factory default value Note The JNior device documentation will provide the correct username and password factory default values e Click the Save button to record the settings A window will appear asking for a password Enter the password to proceed Clicking the Revert button prior to saving will delete the unsaved information Figure 129 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 119 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs E Screen IMS1000
194. ntentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 271 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 16 Troubleshooting 16 1 RAID Not Detected If you are installing swapping HDDs from another IMS1000 each HDD must be installed in the same order as they were in the previous set up Otherwise the RAID will not be detected 16 2 Pre Loaded Test Content e The user has the ability to test the playback of the IMS1000 without having the HDDs installed To do this go to Control Cinelister Editor e The content will already be available in Cinelister under the section called Test Figure 339 OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING Gi mT Refresh m New Open Save K Properties x Delete all elements aA e SPL Show Playlist 2D Test 00000 om oac EN IN A P Content Policy DOLEY DC_POL_F_EN XX US 51 2K 20081010 DLB EES Showplaylist Trailers Teaser Alice In Won3D_TSR 1 2D_S DX US GB bi 2K DI 2009 Test Trailer AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K SPE 201 BRIDESMAIDS _TLR 1_F _EN XX_US GB 51_2K UP _20110201_UDS Start Time Elements Figure 339 Pre Loaded Content e To test playback click on the content so that it appears in the right side of the GUI Figure 339 e Go to the Playback tab in Cinelister and click on the Play button IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 272 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 16 3 Temporarily Setting the Network Configuration via USB This method should be used to rescue the de
195. o Settings Figure 112 doremi Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT create Quick Access Links Template Mapping Disabled Channel Mapping Tab vaannel Label Template Mapping Figure 112 Audio Mapping Window Disabled Default Setting IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 103 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e When first launched the Audio Settings application opens in the Audio Delay tab Click on the Channel Mapping arrow to get to the Channel Mapping tab The Template Mapping will be set to Disabled Figure 112 Note All the templates except Disabled can be modified directly instead of having to select Custom Once the template is edited the Template Mapping will read Custom Available configurations include Disabled This setting is the default and as such cannot be mapped 4 channels This is a pre set configuration 6 channels This is a pre set configuration 7 Channels This is a pre set configuration 8 channels This is a pre set configuration 9 channels This is a pre set configuration ISDCF This is a pre set configuration Passthrough This is a pre set configuration Custom This setting allows the user to create their own custom audio configuration To make any changes to the audio configuration SuperUser privileges are necessary 12 2 Channel Ma
196. o The projector is powered down and in the off position o Disconnect the AC power cord from the wall o Remember to always follow ESD procedures 6 1 Preparation Figure 64 Christie Projector e Remove the blank cover of the media block slot if it is present by unlatching the two latches on the sides Figure 65 Two Latches on ki Kog E Figure 65 Faceplate Latches e The media block slot should now be empty Figure 66 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 66 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Figure 66 Empty Media Block Slot e Carefully remove the IMS1000 from its carton and antistatic bag e Gently place the IMS1000 board into the projectors media block slot guiderails on the inside of the slot Figure 66 The latches must be out and open for the IMS1000 to fit properly To open the latches press on the red button Figure 67 Red Button Figure 67 Red Button on Latch e Close the two latches to secure the board Figure 68 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 67 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Two Latches 5 wi ai Q 2 Q 8 Q R D p R x 3 X s G x Wf Sy d ts j P d d H S Sy KM H i Figure 68 IMS100 Installation 6 2 HDDs e HDDs are to be shipped out of their chassis Upon initial installation insert them into the IMS1000 HDDs chassis carrier prior to powering up the projector Do not insert or remove HDDs if the unit is powered on HDDs are to be of the same mak
197. o access the Contacts Tab use the arrow at the right side of the Theater Properties tab Figure 175 Here the user can input the information of the appropriate contact for the facility Figure 176 a Screen IMS1000 d 0 re M l Uu S1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Gi a Ko B utto n Create Quick Access Links S Phone 1 25 123 456 7890 Facility Tab Delete Button Figure 176 Contacts Tab e Click on the New button Figure 176 e The Add Contact window will appear Figure 177 e Fill out the appropriate information and click Save or Cancel to cancel the operation Figure 177 e The contact will appear in the Contacts tab e To delete a contact hover over it and click on the X that appears on the right Figure 176 Add Contact Name Phonet Phone2 Emai Save Countin UNITED STATES U ountry S Button i ke Figure 177 Add Contact Window IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 156 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Revert Button Save Button 12 13 3 Facility Tab The access the Facility tab use the arrow at the right side of the Theater Properties tab Figure 176 Here the user can input the facility s name and address Click the Save button to save the changes Clicking the Revert button without saving will cause all of the changes to be lost Figure 178 doremi create Qu
198. o channel e Ch 11 is Left Rear Surround Lrs Output ch 11 will be playing the CPL s Left Rear Surround Lrs audio channel e Ch 12 is Right Rear Surround Rrs Output ch 12 will be playing the CPL s Right Rear Surround Rrs audio channel Ch 13 Ch 13 is set to D BOX Primary Ch 14 Ch 14 is set to D BOX Secondary Ch 15 is Input Ch 15 is mute meaning there is no audio output on this channel Ch 16 is Input Ch 16 is mute meaning there is no audio output on this channel E screen IMS1000 d re M M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OJ OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT create Quick Access Links Template Mapping ISDCF Channel Label Channel Label ch 01 LA ent LOL ent center R Right Rc Right center CiCenter Ris Left rear surround LFE Screen Rrs Right rear surround Ls Left surround D BOX Primary Rs Right surround D BOX Secondary ChD Hl Hearing impaired Mute chs VI N Narration Mute Figure 119 Audio Mapping Set to ISDCF IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 110 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 2 2 7 Passthrough Configuration This configuration allows the CPL s audio channel to passthrough to the processor Figure 120 a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT create Quick Access Links Template Mapping
199. ohin DEBUG Software seamless play Nov 23 04 24 37 IMS332399 kernel Dolphin DEBUG WARNING Possible DMA transfer dma_xfer_state 1 xfer_pending 575272 Nov 23 04 24 37 IMS332399 kernel Dolohin DEBUG Set playback state DolphinContextStopped 17 8 5 3 Solution Ensure that the latest versions of the software firmware and security manager are installed e Software 2 4 5 e Firmware 4 2 7 e Security Manager 6 0 1 5 17 9 USB Disconnect 17 9 1 Description There was an unexpected disconnect of one of the USB devices such as external ports eth1 Asix eth communication with SM and the SSD boot flash 17 9 2 Identification e For usb1 disconnect SSD boot flash There is no indication of this issue in the detailed report The only visible symptom is that the system has crashed and is unresponsive If you have access to the Groveland CPU serial port logs the following message shows usb 1 1 USB disconnect e For usb2 disconnect right most external USB port lf there is an unexpected disconnect as opposed to a normal disconnect e g a USB key is unplugged there will be a reconnect right away When looking at doremi log kern log or doremi log kern log x if the issue occurred a while before the report was taken there should be two messages at the same timestamp or a maximum 1 second difference when this issue occurs Jan 7 02 11 57 ims1000 1 kernel usb 2 1 USB disconnect address n IMS OM 002949 D
200. oi j Flat XYZ Scope XYZ 3996x2160 1 2 3D 13 amp e 3DScope e 3996x2160 4096x1716 E e 4096x1716 Flat Dual SDI Scape Dual 3D 14 19 17 pe Alternative pe 3DScope 3H 3DFlat SI Poa Lan TC 12 39 30 3D 2 Power Button Figure 81 Power Button An error message will appear Press the Acknowledge button Figure 82 a Occurred Sch ZG i pase a L y ritical 2013 09 03 11 20 C Acknowledge Button Figure 82 Error Message 6 7 Accessing the GUI e After about forty more seconds the board will be fully powered on and the user will be able to access the web GUI To access the IMS1000 GUI Graphical User Interface launch your browser on the computer that is connected and enter the IP address into the browsers window IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 75 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs You will be presented with the Doremi IMS1000 Login screen e Enter Username doremi e Enter Password doremi e Click the Login button 6 8 Configuring the Device In order for the projector to communicate with the IMS1000 the projector must be configured in the Device Manager When the projector and board have finished booting up configure the device in the Device Manager To access the Device Manager go to Administration Device Manager Figure 83 a Screen IMS1000 l M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORIN
201. on 1 7 Doremi Labs Bld Nive ud AGIS r d D bk vivse Gel iy Ip zaon 8SN i Je oQ o ai 3 J d dA ETSY are J f L Jil k D K 810s vias L Da KS f Ej z 4 l Figure 71 HDDs Inserted 6 3 Audio Cables Installation AES OUT 9 16 Figure 72 Audio Connectors e Plug one shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable end into the connector labeled AES OUT 1 8 on the IMS1000 board Figure 72 e Plug the other end of the shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable into the audio processor IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 70 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Take another shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable and plug the end into the connector labeled AES OUT 9 16 Figure 72 e Plug the other end of the shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable into the audio processor Note If the audio processor does not have RJ 45 connectors but has a single DB25 connector then you will need to use the RJ 45 to DB25 converter that is provided with the IMS1000 Figure 73 Figure 73 RJ 45 to DB25 Converter 6 4 GPI GPO Cables Installation GPI GPO Figure 74 GPI GPO Connectors e Plug one shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable end into the connector labeled GPI on the IMS1000 board Figure 74 Install a ferrite core clamp near the connector closest to the IMS1000 Refer to Section 25 for more information on ferrite core clamp installation e Plug the other end of the shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable into whichever automation controller is available or requir
202. on Etho 17 5 2 Identification Dolby CP650 can be controlled using macros when connected with EI interface but cannot be controlled when connected with Eth1 ethernet interface 17 5 3 Solution Install ims _sw_hotfix_smsc 5xx 1 0 2 pkg IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 280 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 17 6 Rec709 Colorspace Issue on Alternate Inputs 17 6 1 Description When using HDMI or SDI inputs in Rec709 colorspace the output colors are not correct For example the reference points are shifted colors are not saturated or the white is tinged with a little magenta 17 6 2 Identification No error in the logs 17 6 3 Solution Install firmware version 4 1 7 and SM version 6 0 15 or higher 17 7 Filesystem Corruption 17 7 1 Description The filesystem is corrupted Symptoms include e Arborescence is wrong and showing instead of some files directories e The KDM or DLM folders in data lose their symbolic link to doremi dims and doremi kdms and KDMs DLMs are lost as a result 17 7 2 Identification When looking at doremi log kern log or doremi log kern log x if the issue occurred a while before the report was taken you may see these kinds of messages when this issue occurs IMS1000 kernel EXT3 fs error device md1 ext8_check_descriptors Block bitmap for group 16 not in group block 589824 IMS1000 kernel EXT3 fs md1 error group descriptors corrupted Look at drmreport txt file and search for Is laRi data
203. on of the Projector device The user will be able to enter the projector parameters Figure 129 E Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2840 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WW New R Delete create Quick Access Links Dnie Tyr Fj Cean Identifier Projector Test Projector model NEC Series 2 zi Button De lete Cep IP 192 168 10 10 Device ees Button Ente ster Yes Save i oe Button utton 19 43 Figure 129 Device Manager GUI Projector Fields Configuration To perform the projector configuration follow the steps below IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 117 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Specify a projector identifier eg projector name screen in the first field o Note For projector types please select Primary Also this could apply if the user were to use dual projector for 3D left projector would be Primary and right projector would be Secondary Choose the correct Series 2 projector model to connect to the unit using the Projector model field s Select the model Series 2 for the projector from the drop down menu on the right Enter the IP address The Test button will allow you to test the IP connection prior to saving Figure 129 Choose to either enable or disable the subtitles Check the Enabled check box at the top right corner of the GUI Click the Save button to record the settings Figure 129 A password confirmation
204. oval EE 222 13 8 5 Playback Recovery Due to Power Falure 222 1389k HOWTO e E e e 222 13 8 5 2 Shutting Down During Hlavback cccssccsssecssseessssseesssseeesseeessseeeessaeeess 222 TOD EIERE 223 EE SE Mere So oE EE 223 BOTE COMEN MEI ee 223 13 9 1 2 Ingesting Content From A USB Drive ic ccccccsecesseecseesseesesseeesseesseeesaes 224 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 11 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 9 1 3 Ingesting Content from a FTP Ge 224 13 9 1 4 Ingesting Content From a Doremi Remote Server LMS no nnnnonnnnnonnnsnennnssnn 225 T992 HAIG SSE IMO MILO E 225 ge So BS am let aile e VE 226 I ett EE Eet 229 ES Ge H EE 229 de Ee Composition Playlists E SIE EE 230 PPO Zoe EE le E 230 UO LOR MONO EE 231 ToO 22 GOD CMeS EE 231 Wo E UA E 232 PAIO EE gt Jerre cea eto nme rte aN eee ee ea ee te to meen cee Ree et 232 13 10 2 2 4 KDM 8 E 0 a 234 13 10 22 5 A dio Mapping Ee EE 236 ES St ale E E 237 UO NOR d Ce O On E E 238 19 10 39 Deciypton KT E 238 ukuken 239 E lee INN cameras cscs Ee Ee 239 139104 SNOW Playlists Eeer 240 13 7041 Delte E 240 E HE DONO Le EE 241 TOO AS ER MONARO EE 241 T3109 WICCIIS CS E E 242 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 12 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Jeck EREECHEN 242 EE Dete d EE 243 13 106 Adding kW le 243 13 10 7 Licenses Available Managed Through Doremi License Control DLM 244 l Edel 245 13 11 1 Howto Configure the Device Controller GU 245 t112 e Ee a
205. p down menu Figure 139 a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT SE New KC Delete ei Settings E Create Quick Access Links Macro Start Time Action Dowser Close Exit from Intermission HDMI Intervallo Flat 3 minuti intervallo Flat 5 minuti Intervallo Manuale intervallo scope 3 minuti Intervallo Scope 5 minuti Lamp Off Lamp On Play Prova Luci aan to Segment Feature_Presentation Select an action to insert elect an action to TS mme fo Revert Tag Lam Cha al Switch Insert Send Visa age Playback Button Audio Volume Playback Actions Video Output Action Purge Pending Macro Library Figure 139 Add a New Action Window e To addan action to the Macro Automation Cue click on its corresponding action and click the Insert button Figure 139 e The actions available include the following e Projector o Dowser open or close the selected projector dowser o Lamp power on or off the selected projector lamp o Projector Channel Switch switch the selected projector channel o Macro execute the macro defined in the selected projector e Input Output o General Purpose Output configure a GPO line o Send Message send a message to the connected device e Playback o Audio Volume control the audio volume output o Playback Actions change the playback state o Video Output Action
206. page will appear Enter the password to save and record the settings SuperUser privileges are necessary to confirm the changes If the user is already logged in with SuperUser privileges the password confirmation window will not appear Clicking the Revert button prior to saving will delete the unsaved information Figure 129 12 3 1 1 Removing a Device or Projector To remove a device or projector click on it in the left part of the Device Manager GUI Click the Delete Device button Figure 129 12 3 2 Automation Libraries Management Support for theater automation control is also provided The list of currently supported devices is the following o CNA o JNior o A pre built library of supported automation commands is available for each of these two devices These automation commands can then be added to Macro Cues 12 3 3 Adding an eCNA Device To add the eCNA device click the New Device button in the Device Manager window Figure 126 The New Device drop down window will appear Select eCNA The Device Manager GUI will be updated to reflect the addition of the eCNA device Input the eCNA Server IP address in the appropriate field Figure 130 If not already done check the Enabled check box in the top right corner of the GUI Click the Save button to record the settings A window asking for the password will appear Enter the password to save the settings and proceed Clicking the Revert button prior to saving will delete the u
207. password by typing the desired password Note The user will be provided information about the strength of the chosen password Confirm the password in the Confirm field e Click the Save button to save the new user Figure 171 e The new user account will be visible in the main Account Manager GUI Figure 172 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 153 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs m Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT create Quick Access Links Figure 172 Account Manager GUI New User Added 12 12 2 Edit an Existing User Account e To edit an existing user account select it within the Account Manager GUI e The following dialog box will appear allowing the user to edit the user properties but not the username or the login type Figure 173 Edit User Test Full Name Tesi Group Inactives Login Type Virtual Set password Figure 173 Account Manager GUI User Properties Editing e Click the Save button when finished editing the settings e Click the Close button when finished with the configuration 12 12 3 Delete An Existing User Account e To delete an existing user account hover over it within the main Account Manager GUI and click the X that appears on the right side of the screen Figure 169 e The user will be asked for a confirmation Clicking OK will delete the user account Figur
208. pping Tab 12 2 1 Disabled Configuration Disabled This setting is the default and as such cannot be mapped The Disabled mapping configuration will perform pass through mapping meaning channel number X of the CPL audio track will be routed to audio output number X variable of the server X being a number between 1 and 16 When the configuration is grayed out the user cannot change the configuration Figure 113 a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WW create Quick Access Links Template Mapping Disabled Channel Label ch 01 ch 02 ch 03 ch 04 ch 05 Figure 113 Disabled Configuration IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 104 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 2 2 Pre Defined Mapping Configurations 12 2 2 1 Four Channels This configuration is defined as follows Figure 114 Ch 01 is Left L Output ch 01 will be playing the CPL s Left L audio channel Ch 02 is Right R Output ch 02 will be playing the CPL s Right R audio channel Ch 03 is Center C Output ch 03 will be playing the CPL s Center C audio channel Ch 04 is Input Ch 04 is pass through meaning the output channel X will be playing the CPL s audio channel X Ch 05 is Surround S Output ch 05 will be playing the CPL s Surround S audio channel Ch 06 Ch 14 These channels are pass through meaning the output channel X will b
209. r No files selected Reboot Button Figure 349 Upload Reboot e The user will be prompted to restart the unit e When the unit has finished rebooting login and go to Control Ingest Manager Ingest Monitor The package will be available for ingest Figure 350 a Screen IMS1000 doremi IMS1000 E E serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Refresh R Delete Resume S Cancel Select all Create Quirk Aprpece inl a Create Quick Access Links Status Description Scheduled Started PIRATESOFTHEC4 TLR 1 2D E EN US GB 51 2K D 20101120 TDC 2014 06 23T18 14 38 2014 06 23718 26 19 2014 06 23718 26 53 SORCERERS APPR_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K DI 20091123 TDC 2014 06 23T18 14 38 2014 06 2311 8 26 53 2014 06 23118 27 32 Package Av al ab e NightBefXMas_TLR 9 S EN XX_US GB_51 2K Di 20090816 TDC 2014 06 23T18 14 38 2014 06 23718 27 32 2014 06 23718 28 00 KARATE KID_TLR 2_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K SPE 20100218 DLA OV 2014 06 23718 14 38 2014 06 23716 28 00 2014 06 23118 29 03 ims_webui 1 0 4 pkg 2014 06 24718 25 28 2014 06 2471 8 25 28 2014 06 24718 25 30 Success 100 Copied ims_webui 1 0 4 pkg PKG ingested ims_webui 1 0 4_pkg Total Progress 100 Reboot the system to complete installation Figure 350 Package Ready for Ingest IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 313 of 320 Version 1 6 Doremi Labs 26 2 The Hardware Maintenance lt is recommended that the user perform the
210. r MSI MSI X Jun 24 15 55 55 IMS01 SC3 kernel Dolphin DEBUG dolphin_malloc_ex f0e00000 4194304 bytes 23c00000 24000000 17 8 4 3 Solution The solution for a customer would be to RMA the unit 17 8 5 Playback Stops 17 8 5 1 Description Unit stops playing 17 8 5 2 Identification When looking at doremi log odetics log or doremi log odetics log x if the issue occurred a while before the report has been taken you should see the following message when this issue occurs IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 287 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Sat Nov 23 04 24 37 2013 INFO AsRun c110ad93 2041 4138 9300 3e34177ef0f9 00 00 00 00 00 00 59 24 0 0 C Sat Nov 23 04 24 37 2013 INFO Loading CPL ad49f2d6 c435 47 1 4 af47 bd9372c8130c in Slot 2 Sat Nov 23 04 24 37 2013 INFO CPL ad49f2d6 c435 471 4 af47 bd9372c8130c successfully loaded Sat Nov 23 04 24 37 2013 ERROR DMA transfer failed for frame x during playback Sat Nov 23 04 24 37 2013 ERROR Try to recover from error When looking at doremi log kern log or doremi log kern log x if the issue occurred a while before the report has been taken you should see the following message when this issue occurs Nov 23 04 24 37 IMS332399 kernel Dolohin DEBUG Video JP2K 2048 x 1080 30p Nov 23 04 24 37 IMS332399 kernel Dolohin DEBUG Audio WAV 16Ch 48000Hz Map fedcba9876543210 Mute 0000 Data 0000 Nov 23 04 24 37 IMS332399 kernel Dol
211. r e F ie ZS R Ai d EE uliname opt backup IMS1000_332132_2014 06 20T21 32 40 dbk zip Delete Description ims 332132_2014 05 20723 32 35 Button E Mem 332132 2014 06 20706 25 10 Date 2014 06 20T23 32 40 02 00 1mS1000 332132 2014 06 19706 25 10 Product Name IMS1000 IMS1000 332132 2014 06 18T06 25 11 Serial 332132 Hostname IMS1000 IMS1000 332132 2014 06 17T06 25 11 Group local IMS1000 332132 2014 06 16106 25 10 IP Adress 10 11 24 105 IMS1000 332132 2014 06 15T06 25 10 File Size 121 kbytes Figure 202 Delete Button IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 172 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e The following confirmation window will appear To continue the deletion process click on the Yes button Figure 203 Are you sure to delete this backup Figure 203 Confirmation Window e The backup file is now deleted 12 17 6 Restoring Backup File s 12 17 6 1 Restoring from RAID e o restore any or all files select the backup file from the left hand side and click on the Restore button Figure 204 D Screen IMS1000 d re M f M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2840 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WI e Legends Automatic Backup iizcad Backup I FIP Backup B extemal Media A e Click Generate button to generate a new backup then select a location All backup files Create Quick Access Links e Click Restore button to restore the select
212. r the appropriate password and click Enter on the projector Contact your administrator for the password Figure 40 Enter Button Figure 40 Projector Menu To ensure that the marriage was completed correctly on the IMS1000 GUI go to Monitoring Diagnostics Media Block The Security Manager section should appear as it does below Figure 41 E Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT E Create Quick Access Links Projector Media Decoder Status Video Watermark Model jes Audio Watermark Dowser Lamp Security Manager Status Security M a n ag e r Service Door Armed Logical Mariage Section Partial Blackout Active Marriage Service Door Status Physical Mariage Figure 41 Security Manager Section Marriage has now been completed IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 51 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 52 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 5 Installation and Marriage with a Barco Series 2 Projector e Before you begin to install the IMS1000 into your projector be sure that o The projector is powered down and in the off position o Disconnect the AC power cord from the wall o Remember to always follow ESD procedures 5 1 Preparation Figure 42 Barco Projector e Remove the blank cover of the media block slot by unscrewing
213. rd drive backplane This is considered an energy hazard Removal of the hard drives must be performed by a trained service specialist or by trained personnel The equipment may only be used in a restricted access area which is not accessible to the general public Caution e The non removable battery is located on the IMS1000 fusion board e Danger of explosion if battery is removed IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 21 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs WARNING To prevent fire or shock hazard do not expose this appliance to rain or moisture CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN CAUTION TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER OR BACK NO USER SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SEVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL The lightning flash with the arrowhead symbol superimposed across a graphical representation of a person within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated dangerous voltage within the product s enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and maintenance servicing instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 22 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 1 Introduction 1 1 Purpose This manual is intended to demonstrate to the user how to install operate a
214. red on the system Category Description system Backup system user accounts group configuration and timezone informations kdms Backup of KDM and DLM files identity Backup of Doremi SecurityModule identity certificates doremi Backup of Doremi configuration files devices audio snmp threashold fimx and databases network Backup of network configurations ip address dns Select All Button Select Unselect all BECH Figure 205 Restore Category Selection Window e For example if you decide to select kdms highlight the item on the left and click on the Restore button e The Processing window will appear Figure 206 e You will be required to reboot the system to complete the restore process To reboot the system go to the System tab Figure 206 Processing Success Restoring automatic backup from opt backup auto daily dbk zip SUCCESS Figure 206 Processing Window e f you decide not to reboot click on Close button The unit will not reboot This will not complete the restore process o Note The reboot process will take approximately 3 minutes to begin e The restore process is now complete IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 174 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 17 6 2 Restoring from an External Drive e Insert the external drive into the unit The backup will appear in the Restore Backup tab Figure 207 e Select the backup file from the left hand side and click on the Restore button Figure 2
215. res Click on the input box below to select the packages you want fo install e system reboot might be necessary to complete packages installation EZ Upload packages No files selected Figure 280 Ingest Upload e Click the Browse button to locate the package to ingest Figure 280 Click the Upload button when you have selected the file Figure 280 When the file has been uploaded you may be prompted to reboot the unit Click the Reboot button Figure 281 doremi Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Create Quick Access Links e You can upload packages to upgrade the product or to install additional features Click on the input box below to select the packages you want to install e A system reboot might be necessary to complete packages installation Files uploaded successi tv Click here to reboot upload packages No files selected Reboot Button Figure 281 Upload Reboot IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 227 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e The user will be prompted to the System tab to restart the unit Figure 282 K Screen IMS1000 M S1 000 Software Version E Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT e To enter Standby mode click the Standby button The server will not be operational E Create Quick Acces
216. rform the marriage the user must download and install the latest version of the Digital Cinema Communicator for S2 DCC If you do not have the latest version installed contact your administrator e When first opened the Communication Settings window will appear Input the IP address of the projector and click Ok Figure 31 e Communication Settings Target Select e Projector MMS Communication Device Settings e IP Address C Host Name OK Cancel Ok Button e On the window that appears click on the Mode button Figure 32 Figure 31 Communication Settings Ze fap Digital Cine nema Communicator for LAN 192 168 100 10 File Setup Option E MAIN LENS LAMP STATUS R gt Ee es Butt NEC _ gea DIGITAL CINEMA COMMUNICATOR onion 4 1 T r Power gt Lamp LI EH Es Active Title Name IMB PCF DCDM_XYZ_Auto IMB XYZ 2K 239 Fre Screen 2048x1080 No Crop Preset Button No 1 3D Disable Figure 32 Mode Button IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 47 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Inthe Control Mode window that appears select Service Input the correct password and click Ok To obtain the password contact your administrator Figure 33 Service Button o Advanced User Ste Installation Service Figure 33 Control Mode Window e Using the Arrow button in the window that appears scroll until the Setup button is available
217. rigger window on the left side of the GUI and click the Delete Trigger button Figure 149 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 134 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 6 3 Connection to a General Purpose Input Event e To connecta Trigger Cue to an event select it in the Trigger window and click the Connect to An Event drop down menu Figure 150 doremi Screen IMS1000 N S1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT gt New Delete EN Settings create Quick Access Links Trigger Button Pome an event Lo eg GE Signal Figure 150 Events Window e To connect the selected Trigger Cue to a GPI event click the General Purpose Input option and click the Add button Figure 150 e The following window will appear Figure 151 General Purpose Input Line Number 0 Value OFF Figure 151 General Purpose Input Setup Window e Define the GPI line number and value to connect to the Trigger Cue and click the Ok button e The connected GPI event will then appear in the right part of the GUI Figure 152 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 135 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs a i D re Mn Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser p A r P gt OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT SE New KC Delete t Settings create Quick Access Links Trigger
218. right part of the Automation Cue tab will display the added actions as illustrated below Figure 146 E a Action re M Vi S 1 000 Version vg e De lete serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUe Button OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT New Gi Delete o Settings Create Quick Access Links w o Start Time Action i Trigg er E R i 00 00 00 Projector Lamp ON t X N Cue HDMI Macro so e Tab De lete P Ge cs 3 eee B tton ca A o ST oe ramea Feature_Presentation I 3 Down ee Arrows save E Button Properties Icon Figure 146 Action Added IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 131 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Click the Save button to save the settings e Enter the password to save settings and proceed 12 5 10 Action List Management 12 5 10 1 Action Re Ordering The two arrows allow the user to change the order of the actions in the Macro Automation Cue Figure 146 Using the arrows each action can be moved to the top or to the bottom of the Macro Actions window e n order to move an action toward the top of the list select it and click on the arrow pointing to the top e lf an action needs to be moved toward the bottom of the list select it and click on the arrow pointing to the bottom e Repeat the two steps above until the required actions order is obtained 12 5 10 2 Action Edition The user can edit an action of any given Macro Automation Cue by highlighting it in the Macro Actions
219. rive all the way in the HDD enclosure at the same position as the previous drive CAUTION The drive must be inserted all the way inside the HDD enclosure BEFORE trying to close the handle Otherwise the drive might not be plugged properly e Close the handle by pushing it toward the HDD until it clicks e When the new drive insertion process has been completed the drive will automatically start rebuilding IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 268 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 15 2 Rebuild Progress The Storage tab will allow you to view the rebuild progress in Storage Details after you have replaced and inserted a new disk Figure 335 Note When the server is rebuilding a RAID an orange icon will appear to indicate that the RAID is being rebuilt D Screen IMS1000 M 1 000 A Storage needs assistance Software Version 964 0 serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT H Reset All create Quick Access Links opt i D rives Storage Details Butto n SF R b Reset all drives Rebuild Progress Unit Information hwO Waming 1862 94 GB Figure 335 Rebuild Status 15 2 1 Managing a Drive Support for this feature is forthcoming Presently the only way to disable a drive is to physically remove it from the RAID 15 3 Rebuilding a RAID When 2 or more drives have been installed you must build the RAID Go to Monitoring Diag
220. rm Marriage Prev e Menu a Marriage VNC 19 Nr 11 31 47 AM Figure 90 Arm Marriage Window gt lt 3 d E d e pe da tega ee Marriage Button Figure 91 Marriage Button on Projector e Once the marriage is complete the light on the projector will turn green Figure 92 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 80 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Security Manage Section Figure 92 Green Projector Light To ensure that the marriage was completed correctly on the IMS1000 GUI go to Monitoring gt Diagnostics Media Block The Security Manager section should appear as it does below Figure 93 doremi create Quick Access Links r IMS1000 Serial Number 332132 Projector Status Security Manager Status Service Door Status Service Door Armed Partial Blackout Figure 93 Security Manager Section Marriage is now complete IMS OM 002949 DRM OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING Media Decoder Video Watermark Audio Watermark Physical Marriage Logical Mamiage Active Mamage Page 81 of 320 Doremi Labs IMS1000 2 6 4 0 admin SuperUser Version 1 7 This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 82 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 7 Shut Down In order to properly shutdown the IMS1000 board and the projector the user must follow the steps below e To shut down the board go to Administration System Figure 94
221. rted into the right hand HDD slot labeled HDD 3 on the IMS1000 e Each HDD has a silver latch mechanism that allows for unlatching of the drive from the hard drive cage Figure 46 Silver Release Lever i hd GPI GPO 1 8 9 16 e O eee SDI B TA Ey Figure 46 Silver Latch on HDD IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 55 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs For each HDD press on the silver release lever on the front side in order to release the spring loaded HDD carrier handle Figure 46 With the carrier handle open insert the drive all the way into the chassis cage Figure 47 Spring Loaded HDD Carrier Handle Figure 47 HDD Insertion Close the silver HDD carrier handle until you hear an audible click and the release tab has locked the HDD into place e Repeat for the other two HDDs The HDDs properly installed will look like the image presented below Figure 48 yt T H Liesen S 1 ETH 0 eSATA 1 2 cpy 4 USB OUT NI ash Ano asn Zut OE AE E ELLENED Figure 48 HDDs Inserted IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 56 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 5 3 Audio Cables Installation AES OUT 9 16 GPl GPO 1 8 9 16 Figure 49 Audio Connectors e Plug one shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable end into the connector labeled AES OUT 1 8 on the IMS1000 board Figure 49 e Plug the other end of the shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable into the audio processor e Take another shielded CAT5 or CAT6 cable and
222. s required for NTP with the following format Replace items in bold with your desired settings Nameserver 172 17 16 1 e nameserver 8 8 8 8 e search rnd doremilabs fr e domain rnd doremilabs fr IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 273 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Warning When creating these configuration files make sure that the files do not have any extensions eg txt doc which are the default for some operating systems 8 Place all files that were created into doremi tmp network 9 On the IMS1000 plug your USB flash drive and wait for two minutes Unplug the flash drive and reboot Note The files on USB flash drives are never moved or changed by the IMS1000 16 3 1 Permanently Setting the Network Configuration lt is possible to permanently set the IP only via the USB The files to put on the USB are the same as above but in the directory doremi update network instead of doremi tmp network 16 4 Generating a Detailed Report 16 4 1 Generating a Report via USB To generate a report using a USB key e Create a directory doremi at the root of the USB key This may have been previously created e Create a directory report inside doremi directory e Safely remove the USB drive and plug it into the IMS1000 e Wait 2 minutes without any USB activity watch your USB key LED e Reboot the IMS1000 e The report will be in the USB key folder doremi report 16 4 2 Generating a Report via Command Line To generate a repor
223. s change the default video output format o Sensio3D enable or disable the Sensio3D output format IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 127 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs o RealD SBS enable or disable the RealD SBS output format o Chase Mode enables synching of incoming time code e Macro Control o Delay insert a delay between actions o Purge Pending Macro purge the current macro execution stack e Library o Offers control using Certainty eCNA JNior JNior Expansion Module and more e System o System Shutdown allows the user to shut down the player Click Cancel to stop adding an action 12 5 4 Add a GPO Action to the Macro Automation Cue e To adda GPO action highlight the desired Macro Cue e Select the General Purpose Output option which is located in the Input Output section in the Select an Action to Insert drop down menu Figure 139 e Click the Insert button e The following window will appear Figure 140 GPO Setup Line number 0 Le Value PULSE i00ms e Pulse of 100 ms on the line 0 Figure 140 GPO Setup Window e Set the line number and value according to the usage and click the Ok button 12 5 5 Playback Action Insertion e To adda Playback Action highlight the desired Macro Cue e Select the Playback Actions option which is located in the Playback section in the Select an Action to Insert drop down menu Figure 139 e Click the Insert button e The following window will appear Figure 141 Playback
224. s Links e To restart the system click the Restart button You will be automatically disconnected from the web interface e To shutdown the system click the shutdown button Restart Button Figure 282 Restart the Unit e When the unit has finished rebooting login and go to Control Ingest Manager Ingest Monitor The package will be available for ingest Figure 283 E d 0 re Mn Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Refresh R Delete Resume aD Cancel Select all Create Quick Access Links Status Description Scheduled Started Finished PIRATESOFTHEC4 TLR 1 20 F _EN XX_US GB 51 2K D 20101120 TDC 2014 06 23718 14 38 2014 06 23718 26 19 2014 06 23718 26 53 D ac k ag e SORCERERS APPR_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K DI 20091123 TDC 2014 06 23718 14 38 2014 06 2371 8 26 53 2014 06 23118 27 32 Avai abl e NightBefXMas _TLR 9 S EN XX _US GB_51_2K_Di_20090816_TDC 2014 06 23718 14 38 2014 06 23718 27 32 2014 06 23T18 28 00 KARATE KID_TLR 2_F EN XX_US GB_51_2K SPE 20100218 DLA OV 2014 06 23718 14 38 2014 06 2311 8 28 00 2014 06 237118 29 03 ims_webui 1 0 4 pkg 2014 06 24718 25 28 2014 06 2471 8 25 28 2014 06 24718 25 30 Success 100 Copied ims_webui 1 0 4 pkg PKG ingested ims_webul 1 0 4_pkg Total Progress 100 Reboot the system to complete installation Figure 283 Package Ready for Ingest IMS O
225. s been clicked Figure 251 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 205 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs m q remi INS 000 Screen IMS1000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WW Refresh Button Refresh New _ ED save K Properties al Delete create Quick Access Links all elements H e SPL Trailers 2D Intervallo Scope 5 minuti Preshow Lamp Off 00 00 00 Black late 00 00 04 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K UP 2 Play 00 02 35 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2 TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K WR2 Peas tae 00 04 56 TRON LEGACY TLR 2 3D_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K Di 2010 Skip to Segment Feature_Presentation ve deens pa 00 07 26 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 20 F EN XX_US_GB_51 EN_2K WB Doremi Streamit 00 09 49 Sp Paikem 00 17 05 KARATE KID_TLR 2_F EN XX_US 6B_51_2K_SPE_2010021 Black 00 19 37 LIKE _CRAZY_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_PC_20110729 Macro Ka Black 3D 00 22 00 Black Added Start Time Elements Figure 251 Macro Added e When executed this macro will cause playback to jump to the specified segment within the SPL 13 6 2 Marker A marker is a label that is attached to a specific timecode of a CompositionPlaylist CPL inside the ShowPlaylist SPL It can be used by the user to add a note about when an event is expected to happen in the SPL The use of these markers is generally for user information purposes only The exception is the Exit_
226. s will create a tab to the right of the macro list and you will be able to define the section according to the function of the created macro Figure 155 T Screen IMS1000 i re M l Vi ki 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser dh OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT New Butto n create Quick Access Links e New Section New section Ad d ed Dowser Close Exit from Intermission HDMI intervallo Flat 3 minuti Intervallo Flat minuti Intervallo Manuale intervallo scope 3 minuti intervallo Scope minuti Lamp Off Lamp On Play Prova Luci Skip to Segment Feature_Presentation Figure 155 Quick Controls New Section e Drag the selected macro to the New Section tab and save by clicking on the Save button If the selection has not been saved it will not appear on the Quick Controls IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 139 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs screen Clicking the Revert button before saving will cause all of the changes to be lost Figure 156 e You can search for macros using the search field Figure 156 e Rename the section by clicking on the New Section tab Figure 156 a Screen IMS1000 N ew r H II M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 S e ct i on User Level admin SuperUser Tab OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Renamed l ch New an e Drag the Macro from th
227. s817421f710 k BRIDESMAIDS _TLR 1_F EN XX_US GB_51_2K UP 20110201_UDS um uuid 002bd292 e2a1 4ac5 a213 0477495711a6 Fi Ite r DEFIANCE_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K PC 20080115 DELUXE um wuid 014d5884 24f3 46fc 9537 ed1fd8tdae76 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D_F EN XX_US GB_51_2K UP 20090703 TDC i um uuid 09b9d280 3922 4646 8c23 dc5412545128 sT Doremi Streamit Properties Icon um uuid 82bf49a0 5135 1b65 218e 61a187570482 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D_F_EN XX_US GB 51 EN 2K WB 20110928 PN um uuid 0ab73801 70dt 4e5a bac0 61ea0e7ce2ab Duration 00 01 46 Sound Picture CPL Properties Channel count Encoding JPEG2000 1998x1080 Quantization EditRate 24 fps Figure 285 Content Manager Composition Playlists Tab 13 10 2 1 Delete a CPL To delete a CPL from the server click on the CPL and click on the Delete button Figure 285 e A window will appear asking to confirm Figure 286 Do you really want to delete the selected CPL s Figure 286 Delete CPL Window IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 230 of 320 Doremi Labs Version 1 7 e Click Ok to continue and Cancel to cancel the operation e Once the CPL is deleted it will be permanently deleted from the server and removed from any associated SPLs 13 10 2 2 Information Clicking anywhere on the line of a highlighted CPL or on the Properties icon that appears on the right will display information about that CPL on the bottom portion of the tab Figure 285 Clicking on the name of a CPL w
228. se Output for Automation Interface e RJ 45 Connector Signal GPO 0 GPO1 GPO2 GPO4 GPOS GPO3 7 5VDC Ground AES OUT 1 8 e Digital Audio Channels 1 8 Output e RJ 45 Connector Channels 1 8 Song 1 Channel 1 amp 2 plus Channel 1 amp 2 minus Channel 3 amp 4 plus Channel 5 amp 6 plus 7 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 31 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs AES OUT 9 16 e Digital Audio Channels 9 16 Output e RJ 45 Connector Channels 1 8 1 Channel 9 amp 10 plus Channel 9 amp 70 minus Channel 11 amp 12 plus zi Channel 18 amp 14 pus p amp Channel 13 amp 14 minus Channel 11 amp 12 minus a Channel 15 amp 16 minus LEDs e See Figure 5 for LED placement SM LEDs HDD 1 HDD 2 S USB G n f LM Ei SCH gd UL C C a O OO GPAIOO GPO 1 8 009 16 wt tom aa WE CPU 1 amp 2LEDs SERIAL NUMBER HDMI LED SDI A B LEDs Figure 5 LED Diagram For more information please refer to Section 20 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 32 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 33 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 4 Installation and Marriage with a NEC Series 2 Projector e Before you begin to install the IMS1000 into your projector be sure that o The projector is powered down and in the off position o Disconnect the AC power cord from the wall o Remember to always follow ESD proc
229. se of Ethernet commands for the control of theater automation devices e Torun the Device Manager go to Administration Device Manager e The following window will appear Figure 126 i Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING WI New CH Delete create Quick Access 1 New Button Certainty Figure 126 Device Manager 12 3 1 Adding a Projector To connect a projector to the unit Server click the New button Figure 126 e The New Device drop down menu window will appear Figure 127 o Any device in red indicates that the unit does not have a valid DLM ingested Missing DLM Figure 127 Add Device Drop Down Window IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 116 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Select Projector The following window will appear Figure 128 a Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT WI gt New CO Delete create Quick Access Links Device Type Projector Identifier Projector Projector f Sen Selected Projector model Unknown DLP Head IP Vendor IP Username Machine Enable subtitles Yes No Primary projector Yes Figure 128 Device Selection Window Projector Item Selected The main configuration window will be updated to reflect the additi
230. sed e The IMS1000 supports up to 4K 60fps and 2K HFR up to 120 fps e The IMS1000 supports 500 Mbits s playback e Battery IMS1000 battery is a Panasonic Vanadium rechargeable lithium battery VL3032 e Power lt 70W Power input 12V 6 25A from projector main LVDS connector 3 5 IMS1000 e An 1IMS1000 is shown below Figure 1 Figure 1 IMS1000 3 6 IMS1000 Faceplate Overview Figure 2 IMS1000 with NEC Faceplate IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 29 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs jaa 32 Figure 4 IMS1000 with Christie Faceplate Ethernet e The IMS1000 has two built in Gigabit Ethernet connectors The left one is identified as ETH1 and the right one is identified as ETHO eSATA e Used for ingesting content at four times the maximum transfer rate of USB 2 0 USB e There are three USB 2 0 ports on the front panel that can accommodate an external USB device such as the CaptiView transmitter or USB external drive for content ingestion HDMI e Tobe used for inputting of alternative content i e Blu ray Disc player Gaming Digital Cameras or Laptop presentations e HDCP High bandwidth Digital Content Protection supported IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 30 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs SDI A SDI B 3G SDI support is forthcoming Q3 2014 Used for Dual Projector setups Chase Mode Alternative Content Inputs GPI General Purpose Input for Automation Interface e RJ 45 Connector GPO e General Purpo
231. ss the Decryption Keys tab click on the green arrow on the right hand side of the GUI in the Composition Playlist and Show Playlist tabs Figure 299 To see an updated view of the tab will all available KDMs click on the Refresh button To search for a specific KDM click on the Search button To upload a KDM click on the Upload button The Upload tab of the Ingest Manager tab will appear For more information on the Upload tab refer to Section 13 9 3 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 238 of 320 Doremi Labs Version 1 7 To select or unselect all of the KDMs click the Select All button Figure 300 gt Search IST 000 MS Button Sep 2 6 4 0 Delete re Mm Serial Number 332132 admin SuperUser GE Select OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING pi Al 5 Upload CH Delete search Select all Refresh ee Greate Quick Access Links 7 S Associated CPL on Button 2015 11 19123 00 00 00 00 um uuid 9a2b46f6 36c2 4aee a1cO 50ae31 ebcee7 64 Reel Composition 1 Second Reels Encrypted 2 1 8 Gg U D O ad um uuid cf28ceb1 7cac 4504 97 ac 80635d9267fc 64 Reel Composition 1 Second Reels Encrypted 2 1 8 g 2015 01 21T00 00 00 00 00 S h OW Playlist Button um wuid 73cc4e95 036c 4d7e 9cd8 9703d8cc9108 lt amp Fox Subtitie Test v12 Part 2 amp gt 2013 12 11T00 00 00 00 00 T dy a urn uuid 0f4ed952 e7da 4a48 a47b 274afo9be4 Bt lt amp Fox Subtitle Test vi2 Part2 amp gt 2013 12 11 T00 00 00 00 00 um uui
232. stem The System Tab Administration tab System allows the user to restart shutdown and place the unit in standby e Torestart the IMS1000 press the Restart button You will be disconnected from the web interface in 5 seconds Figure 163 The user has the option to cancel the action e To shut down the system click the Shutdown button Figure 163 e To place the unit in standby click on the Standby button Figure 163 The user will be asked to confirm the operation Sereen IMS1000 l M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 H N User Level admin SuperUser Button OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING Serial Number 332132 LOGOUT D ec Power creas Cock A Ta mt E ET 60 oe a pe iar soc Button click the shutdown button Button Restart Button Figure 163 System GUI If content is currently being played a window will appear asking the user to confirm the restart or shutdown The user can also quickly logout restart shutdown or cancel from any tab on the GUI by using the quick access buttons e Clicking the Logout button will automatically logout the user Figure 163 e Clicking on the red Power buiton will give the user the option to restart shutdown or cancel Figure 163 and Figure 164 What do you want to do Figure 164 Quick Access Power Options IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 148 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 11 Log Operator Maintenance The Log Operator Maintenance
233. stration Macro Editor Quick Controls It allows the user to execute a macro from any tab on the GUI For information on how to add macros to the Quick Controls tab refer to Section 12 7 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 96 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Once the macros have been added click on the Quick Controls button and the macros will appear Figure 106 i Screen IMS1000 d remi ms1000 y Serial Number 332132 ker Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT 4 Next Scheduled Events No schedule bow ites Dowser Close Lamp On y Projector Status Quick val Controls zi Button Quick Controls Figure 106 Quick Controls e To execute the macro simply click on the macro Figure 106 e Clicking on the Quick Controls button again will cause the window to close 11 1 2 Playback The Playback button will alert the user to any playback that is in progress Figure 107 If playback is in progress clicking on the Playback button will open up the Cinelister Playback tab If playback is not in progress clicking on the button will open up the Cinelister Editor tab For more information on the Cinelister tab and playback refer to Section 13 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 97 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser doremi OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Current
234. sts A Show Playlist SPL is a succession of Compositions CPLs Automation Cues and Trigger Cues Show Playlists make up the chain of events that account for the playback of a show Using CineLister the user can create and edit SPLs e Types of elements that can be used when creating a SPL o Audio visual content e g features test content trailers live etc o Automation cues Macro automation events o Trigger cues events upon which a Macro Automation Cue is executed 13 2 2 Audio Visual Content e When the audio visual content is encrypted an icon is displayed with the content s e Lock icon with red button The required KDM is not available Thus the content cannot be played e O Lock icon with green button A valid KDM is available for that content and that content can be played IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 187 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 3 Show Playlist Creation CineLister allows the user to create their own Show Playlist from the elements listed in the left pane of the Editor tab 13 3 1 How to Create a New Show Playlist m Screen IMS1000 q re M i M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser N ew OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Button Ke Desen Open Save b Properties EN Delete create Quick Access Links Search 7 SPL Show Playlist 2D and Filter Ga Pattern Black Black 3D Black 30 48 Policy Elements e mg
235. t create Quick Access Links IP Address eth 192 168 100 50 s Status Overview Tab Product Informations Product Name Serial Number Main Software Version Main Firmware Version Wel Version Operating System Software Library Host operating system Debian 6 0 7 MD software DoremiLabs 6 0 12 0 SNMP agent DoremiLabs DOREML BIOS Intel 8 002 3 SOAP agent DoremiLabs 1 1 51 6 Kernel rescue Linux 2 6 35 rescu Figure 317 System Tab 14 2 1 Detailed Report Overview To generate a report log please follow the steps below Note If possible generate the report log when there is no playback e Goto Monitoring Tab Diagnostics System e Click on the Detailed Report button Figure 317 e Click the OK button for the pop up that appears asking if you would like to proceed Figure 318 Generating the report file may take several minutes Are you sure you want to proceed Figure 318 Generate Report e The report will take several minutes to generate IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 255 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e When the generation is complete a window will appear asking the user if they would like to open or save the report Figure 319 Make your selection and click Ok The report is saved on the computer s default downloads folder You have chosen to open drmreport_199000_2009 12 29 tgz which is a WinRAR archive from http 10 11 26 250 What should Firefox do with this file
236. t Inputod Inputog inputi Input Inputi2 Input 3 Input A Inputls inputi Mute Figure 122 Custom Mapping Parameters Page 112 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 2 3 SMPTE Packages Note The audio selection should reflect the audio package in number of audio channels Change the Template Mapping setting by clicking on the list menu and selecting the desired setting Figure 123 i i re m Serial Number 332132 IMS1000 Screen IMS1000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT W create Quick Access Links Template Mapping Disabled Disabled Channel Lat 4 channels 6 channels 7 channels 8 channels 9 channels ISDCF Passthrough Custom Audio Delay Button Figure 123 Template Mapping Drop Down Window e Make sure to click the Save button to ensure the configuration is saved SuperUser privileges are necessary to save changes Figure 124 e The list of possible labels that can be routed if present in the audio MXF file are defined by SMPTE as follows O O O O O O O O O O oO oO L Left R Right C Center LFE Screen Ls Left surround Rs Right surround Lc Left center Rc Right center Cs Center surround Rrs Right rear surround Lrs Left rear surround Hl Hearing Impaired VI N Visual Impaired Narration IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 113 of 320 Doremi Labs Version 1 7 12 2 4 Audio Delay Configuration
237. t Event 135 12 6 4 Connection to a Signal Event 136 12 6 5 Editing and Deleting the EVENT wcities erie lalate lence 137 1260 K diete r OUE ne ME 137 12 6 7 Pre Detined Macro league 138 eR oe om 12 fe UL E 138 1209 E ae BEE 138 12 6 10 Adda Trigger Cue to a Show Playlist ce ccessecssscsssessssecssesesstecssnsessnnecees 138 PEAY gues ee EE 139 BE ein WE eang MACO E 139 127 2 SEMI DEE 139 1273 Executing ee 141 128 Conment Feed Manag el eg EE EE 143 12 6 1 Tee 143 t2811 Advanced Ke 143 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 7 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 8 2 Adding a Server EE UE 144 128 2 Networking the Servers eege eene 144 1282A Advanced et 145 1283 DEMIE INVE E 145 12 8 4 Ingesting from a Server That Was Acdded 145 e WER E 147 TZ Ee 148 12 11 LOG Operator Maienance rosene E AA A E UNNE AE 149 12 11 1 EVENCEOO E E 149 121122 Scheduled TASKS Jeer ee dee egien E eege 151 1242 ACCOUNT Wana er EE 152 12121 lt ACGaINEW USER ACCO UNM cece eee eee 152 12 12 2 Edit an Existing User Account 154 12 12 3 Delete An Existing User Account ee escccssrccssscecessscecssssecessacecsseeecessasesssanes 154 12 13 Theater EE EEN 155 1213r Auditon um RE e E 155 12132 Comat PAD E 156 Fett eS FAT E 157 1214 QUICK ACCESS E 158 t213 sCINCISIOR CONUGUIQUON EE 161 RO IEGHOrGCONTIQULATION EE 161 12 152 Scheduler el lee e E 162 t210 Ee te 163 t2161 Creating a Live Event eieiei enaa ee Ee 163 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 8 of 3
238. t automatically make the content 3D The content must be in 3D 48fps format to create a 3D SPL 13 5 2 How to Set the Show Playlist Mode to 3D e Click the Show Playlist Properties button Figure 234 e Select the 3D mode from the Display Mode drop down window Figure 239 ShowPlaylist Properties Name Show Playlist Display Mode Duration HFR Qs c x J Figure 239 Display Mode Drop Down e Click the Close button e The Show Playlist Properties button will reflect the name of the SPL and what mode it is set to Figure 240 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 198 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs D Screen IMS1000 i f II M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Playback Tab Refresh D New S Open Save K Properties al Delete SE SPL Trailers 3D Black 00 00 00 Black m K Black 3D 00 00 04 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D F EN XX_US GB_51_2K UP 2 N a l Gi 6 So 3D 48 00 02 35 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2_TLR 1 S EN XX_US GB 512K WR 2 an d KG Policy K Open Button create Quick Access Links 00 04 56 TRON LEGACY TLR 2 3D S ENC US GB 51 2K DI 2010 A M o d e SE 00 07 26 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D F_EN XX US GB _51 EN 2K WB Showplayiist 00 09 49 KARATE KID_TLR 2_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K_SPE_2010021 Trailers 00 12 21 LIKE CRAZY _TLA 1_F EN XX_US GB 51 2K PC_20110729 S Trailer 00 14 45 Bl
239. t via command line e Log in via SSH and type the following command o sh doremi sbin report sh e This will generate a report and place it in the doremi tmp directory e Then log in using an FTP client with the following criteria o Host IP o Username root o Password veeone o Port 22 16 4 3 Generating a Report via the GUI To generate a report via the GUI e Goto Monitoring Tab System Click on the Detailed Report button Click the OK button for the pop up that appears asking if you would like to proceed The report will take several minutes to generate When the generation is complete a window will appear asking the user if they would like to open or save the report Make your selection and click Ok The report is saved on the computer s default downloads folder IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 274 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 16 5 RTC Battery Life Expectancy and Shelf Life The RTC battery in the IMS is rechargeable not field replaceable and has a life expectancy of 10 years but a shelf life of only 1 year The unit shows a warning when there is one year remaining It is the owners responsibility to keep the RTC battery charged when IMS units are in storage by powering it up once every 12 months 6 months is highly recommended It takes 60 hours for a full charge IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 275 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs This page has been intentionally left blank IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 276 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs
240. tOr cccsssecsseseeeeneeeenseeeeneenees 53 SN EE 53 E Bo Nae nen eee ER ee MERE PE PATE MET ee RENE Tee Lane meen eT are en nore 55 53 AUGCIO Caps IASIANQHON nrerin r E T O Insnuneeaban E 57 SA GRUGPO Cables INSTA AU o ssns ee 58 5 4 1 GPIGPO Pin O Ut IMTOMMAOMN EEN 58 55 ee EE 59 90 e ee FI OlC COM E 60 Dal ACES STE A esta tena ere ee 60 58 CORMOUTING INED ouin E sated titbacodsieetcadeediesed dea caoud edb es ileus neared ep ele caen ished ices saenaseieses 61 29 EE Ee 63 6 Installation and Marriage with a Christie SerieS 2 ProjeCtor ccccssscesseeseeeeeeeneenees 66 OI PAV AU OUD EE 66 EE 68 6 3 Audio Cables INStANAtION e 70 OA GPIIGPO Cables INStall Quon E 71 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 3 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 6 4 1 GPI GPO Pin Out Information AAA 72 65 EE EE 72 6 6 Power on ere EE 73 OF FACCE SSI EE 75 6G WORNOUMAD ING Re 76 OF M OO EE 78 De SUV DOW ebe beer 83 imme Er fo Ay C21 9 a een ne ret ee a a E CnC AN oon eee 85 ed NIG OTS orar aa E R E alana 86 9 Network Configuration asssanunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnna 88 94 Default Network COnNOUANON EE 88 92 Ghanging melF EE 88 DS E elef 90 10 Time Zon Configuratio N s inuidia ada aauina Ee 91 10 1 Checking the Time ZoNe m eiiiai A ERO dee 91 10 2 CNANOING METNE ZONE ee 92 10 3 CHANGING thE SYSIOM HIME aiii a T E T 92 0A NTF OSOVO E 94 T e UE E TaD WEE 96 E NOCO BU s
241. tation SPL1 00 05 12 Black RES 00 05 17 127 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K TCF 20100823 TDC ee Trailer 00 07 03 AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 51 2K SPE 127 Hours_TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K TE 20100823 TDC a 00 09 03 Intermission_SPL AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D TLR 1 S EN XX US GB 51 2K SPE 201 00 09 33 BRIDESMAIDS TLR 1_F _EN XX_US GB 512K UP_2uii BRIDESMAIDS TLR 1_F_EN XX US GB EI 2K UP 20110201_UDS 00 11 57 DEFIANCE_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K PC_20080115_D nte rm is S j on DEFIANCE TRA E EN XX_US GB EI 2K PC 20080115 DELUXE Add ed Start Time Elements Figure 256 Intermission SPL Added e Inthe Cinelister Playback tab the Main SPL will appear as shown in Figure 257 The CPL that has the Intermission SPL attached to it will appear as two clips with the intermission CPLs in between Figure 257 D Screen IMS1000 N S 1 0 00 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT on Manual E create Quick Access Links ToyStory 2 3D_Intermission 5_F EN XX_ 127 Hours TLR A_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K TCF 2 remaining 00 04 50 D AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D TLR 1 S EN XX_US GB 51 UKE CRAZY TLR 1_ F EN XX US GB 51 2K PC 2 NightBefMas TLA 9 S EMA US GB 51 2K DI remaining 00 20 27 E SHERLOCK HOLMES 2_TLR 1_S EN XX_US GB 51_ CPL Split AMAZ SPIDERMAN 2D_TLR 1_S_EN XX_US GB_51 _ BRIDESMAIDS_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB_51_2K UP
242. te Quick Access Links all elements H e SPL Trailers 2D e Automation Cues 00 00 00 Biack Dowser Close S 00 00 00 Lamp On Exit from intermission 00 00 04 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D F_EN XX_US GB Di 2K UP 2 HDMI 00 02 35 SHERLOCK HOLMES 2 _TLR 1_S_EN XX_US GB_51_2K WR_2 intervallo Flat 3 minuti 00 04 56 TRON LEGACY TLR 2 3D S EN XX_US GB DI 2K D 2010 Intervallo Flat 5 minuti 00 07 26 HAPPY FEET 2_TLR 4 2D F EN XX_US GB 51 EN_2K WB intervallo Manuale 00 09 49 KARATE KID _TLR 2_F EW US GB 51_2K_SPE_2010021 intervallo scope 3 minuti 00 12 21 LIKE CRAZY TLR 1_F EN XX US GB_51_2K PC_20110729 intervallo Scope 5 minuti 00 14 44 Black Lamp Off Lamp On Start Time Elements Figure 228 Macro Added 13 3 1 2 Adding a Trigger Cue e Select the element to attach the Trigger Cue to in the SPL on the right side of the application e Select a Trigger Cue on the left part of the GUI and click on it Figure 229 doremi Sereen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT mT Refresh al New Open Save K Properties Delete create Quick Access Links all elements RB e SPL Trailers 2D Open guided gt 00 00 00 Sen Kick Ass TLR 4A_S EN XX_US GB 61 2K LION 20100316 TDC Button 00 00 00 Lamp On LIKE_CRAZY_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB 51 2K PC 20110729 DLA OV 00 00 04 DESPICABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D F_EN XX_US
243. teresis RPM Threshold low RPM Z MOTHERBOARD 500 1000 H GPU Motherboard main fan 3 100 1000 CHIPSET 500 1000 SE 4 500 1000 5 6 Save Button Figure 218 Fans Tab 12 20 4 Counters Tab The Counters tab lists the high and low threshold values for different errors indicating how many times that particular error is allowed to happen before an alert is issued Hovering over the errors will give a brief explanation of that error Click Save to save any changes and Revert to undo any unsaved changes Figure 219 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 183 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs doremi create Quick Access Links Save Button 12 20 5 Reset IMS1000 Serial Number 332132 eshold Manage OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING Temperatures Voltages Fans Reset to Default Component DECODER_CRASH UNDERFLOWS CLIP_ERR_DECODER 2 CLIP_ERR_UNDERFLOW RTG_YTD_ADJSEC Decoder crash count from boot Figure 219 Counters Tab to Default Tab IMS1000 2 6 4 0 admin SuperUser Screen Software Version User Level LOGOUT Threshold high Hysteresis Threshold low 1 20 1 5 300 The Reset to Default tab allows the user to reset all values to the default values Figure 220 doremi Help create Quick Access Links Reset Button IMS OM 002949 DRM IMS1000 Serial Number 332132 OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING Temperatures Voltages Fans Counters Figure 220 Reset Values Ta
244. the Save as Default button These configurations will be effective even after a reboot Figure 311 e o restore the networking configuration to factory default click on the Restore button Figure 311 The factory default settings are o IP 192 168 254 246 o Mask 255 255 255 0 o Gateway 192 168 254 1 e Make sure to click the Save button when finished setting the network configuration 13 11 2 3 Colors Tab e The third tab called Colors allows the user to modify the color space for HDMI and HDSDI inputs Figure 312 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 248 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Screen IMS71000 M S 1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Create Quick Access Links Le Browse Projectors E General System HDMI HDMi input Color Space HDMI input Degamma HDSDI HDSDI input Color Space YCbCr709 HDSDI input Degamma Rec709 HDSDI input Mode 2D 4 4 4 dual link Figure 312 Colors Tab 13 11 2 3 1 HDMI Color Space Settings e HDMI Input Color Space Click on the arrow on the drop down menu and select the desired color space standards from the list o Auto o YCbCr709 o RGB709 o YCxCz o XYZ e HDMI Input Degamma Click on the arrow on the drop down menu and select the desired degamma factor from the list o Rec 09 o DC o Custom Choose the desired degamma factor value in the numeric field using the arrows
245. the Scheduled Tasks tab click on the green arrow on the right hand side of the GUI while in the Log Operator Maintenance tab Figure 167 a Sch ed U led i Screen IMS1000 M S 1 0 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Tasks Tab ur Serial Number 3321 32 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT create Quick Access Links ubi getest 1 year s 0 month s left Comment Visual board inspection dust removal Figure 168 Scheduled Tasks Tab IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 151 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 12 Account Manager GUI To access the Account Manager GUI go to Administration Control Panel Account Manager e The following window will appear Figure 169 E Screen IMS1000 Vi ki 0 0 0 Software Version 28 A0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser Delete Account Manage Button OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Tysse 1 e d New New ZS create Quick Access Links gin Button admin Figure 169 Account Manager GUI e The Account Manager GUI allows the user to edit add and delete user accounts 12 12 1 Add a New User Account e To add anew user account click the New button Figure 169 e The following window will appear Figure 170 Add User Login Full Name Group Inactives Login Type Virtual Password Confirm Figure 170 Account Manager GUI New User Addition IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 152 of 320
246. the two screws on the sides Figure 43 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 53 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Blank Cover Two Screws Figure 43 Unscrewing the Blank Cover e The media block slot should now be empty Figure 44 ANNETTE dd HMM NA ARE MANAIRA d RR ma Co t e Ae ty d n EE yay WEST l j R POWER vm 24 viec ERROR wan GT A MZ HIN Figure 44 Empty Media Block Slot e Carefully remove the IMS1000 from its carton and antistatic bag e Gently place the IMS1000 board into the projectors media block slot guiderails on the inside of the slot Figure 44 e Tighten the two screws in place Figure 45 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 54 of 320 Doremi Labs Version 1 7 Two Screws Figure 45 Tightening the Screws 5 2 HDDs e HDDs are to be shipped out of their chassis Upon initial installation insert them into the IMS1000 HDDs chassis carrier prior to powering up the projector Do not insert or remove HDDs if the unit is powered on HDDs are to be of the same make and model and have the same capacity Doremi prohibits mixing SATA I drives with SATA II drives within the same RAID Each one of the three HDDs that come with the IMS1000 will be labeled with a 1 2 or 3 The HDD labeled 1 Is to be inserted into the left hand HDD slot labeled HDD 1 on the IMS1000 e The HDD labeled 2 is to be inserted into the middle HDD slot labeled HDD 2 on the IMS1000 e The HDD labeled 3 is to be inse
247. the user to schedule the playback of Show Playlist s on a certain day and time The server will automatically begin the playback of the SPLs once they have been scheduled Figure 274 To access the Schedule tab click on the green arrow on the right hand side of the GUI in the Editor and Playback tabs Figure 270 E Screen IMS1000 fj re M l l M S 1 00 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT di e New Le Delete Arrow Mon 23 Sun 29 June 2014 New Button Create Quick Access Links Delete Time Show Playlist Button Today Tuesday 24 June 00 42 01 04 railers Thursday 26 Saturday 28 June 2014 00 42 01 04 Trailers Display out dated schedule Outdated Schedules Figure 274 CineLister Schedule Tab 13 8 1 How to Schedule Playback e Goto the Schedule tab from the CineLister GUI Figure 274 e The Schedule tab automatically displays the current week o To display another week use the green arrow Figure 274 e Click the New button Figure 274 e Enter the appropriate password for the authentication window that might appear depending on your user level e The Edit Schedule window will appear Figure 275 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 220 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Edit Schedule Show Playlist Trailers Mon 23 Sun 29 June 2014 Schedule Mon Tue Start Time Estin cted ends time Figure 275 Edit
248. tion Specify a vendor name in the Vendor field Specify a product name in the Product Name field Enter the IP address of the Raw device in the Device IP field Choose the protocol to be used TCP or UDP and the proper Port number Click the Save button to record the settings A window will appear asking for a password Enter the password to proceed SuperUser privileges are necessary to confirm the changes If the user is already logged in with SuperUser privileges the password confirmation window will not appear Clicking the Revert button prior to saving will delete the unsaved information Figure 129 12 3 5 1 Removing a Raw Device e To remove the Raw device click on it in the Device Manager GUI and press the Delete button Figure 132 12 3 6 Adding 3D Systems Note When using an IMS1000 configuration for 3D presentation the projector needs to be set to the proper color space Contact the projector vendor to configure the projector properly 12 3 6 1 Dolby 3D Support e To enable the Dolby 3D support please contact Doremi Labs Technical Support to receive the appropriate license Section 1 3 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 121 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 3 6 2 RealD 3D Support To enable the RealD 3D support please contact RealD at cinema support reald com to receive the appropriate license Once the license has been received follow the steps below Open the Device Manager GUI by clicking on Administration Devi
249. tn casas soc cassate tho eineee veh epautedseae cite ates nga sne Bega tees at che aie ee ase eee cees eee 96 at Fs Feed QUICK GOOS ee 96 KK EE ee E 97 tte WIG SS EE 98 RENE Mere 99 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 4 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs Fisl ed re esse sees acters ceases case ose ce ema ee 99 12 AOMIRISWAUON TAD E 102 12 1 Audio Settings Channel Mapping E 103 122 Channel MAPPING TAD seriernes nnn E E O ET O T E 104 escht Disabled EES 104 12 2 2 Pre Defined Mapping Configurations ccccsccccsssccsssseccsseecssseeeessseeessneeesesseeessaees 105 See FOU OHANNES ee 105 W222 leen 106 122 SOVIET MAING E 107 12222 EIQMIMG Manne EE 108 IZ2 270 NING E a 109 12220 EE 110 12 2 2 7 Passthrough Configuration cccccsscccsscccsseecssecceseessseessseeeeseecsseeeesseeseeeeesaes 111 12 2 2 8 Custom Mapping Contfguraton 111 decor SINE Wie e ee 113 12 2 4 Audio RTE EE a Tee 114 1229 EEGEN EE 115 E E eet 116 12 3 Adding EE 116 12 3 1 1 Removing a Device or Projector KEEN 118 12 3 2 Automation Libraries Management 118 T239 Adding aneGNA RTE 118 12 3 3 1 Removing an CCNA Device 0 0 eccscccsscccsssecsssecssseeseeeseseecesseecesecesseesseeeesaes 119 1234 E Ce e Maele ID CV ICC EE 119 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 5 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 3 4 1 Removing ER lei 120 123 5 JAOCINOGSA EE 120 122353 4 Removing a Raw Re 121 T236 Addn o DESY E 121 1270 05 eeneg 121 12 3 6 2 ReaD D SUD OOM asane r O 12
250. to begin e The restore process is now complete IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 176 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 18License Agreement The License Agreement application allows the user to agree to Doremi terms and conditions The user only needs to do this once If the user has not agreed to the terms and conditions yet a notification will appear at the top of the screen informing the user that he she will need to give their consent Figure 210 DI b Screen IMS1000 M S1 00 0 A sr Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 304826 User Level root Adminstrator OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT 4 e You mustread the license and accept the terms by clicking the checkbox below Doremi Labs Inc Systems Corporation IMS1000 Softwere License Agreement Before you use this softwere carefully read the terms and conditions of this License Agreement By using the IMS1000 and its associated softwere you are consenting to being d by and becoming a party to this License Agreement and to the terms and conditions of the License Agreements of the third party software included in the IMS1000 Software License Agreement Notification 1 Doremi Labs Inc grants to you a non exclusive non transferrable non exportable non sublicensable license to use this version of the IMS1000 Software the Software All other rights reserved Except as part of the IMS1000 and or expressly permitted in this License you may not make
251. ton Figure 290 SPL Information Window IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 233 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs SPL information Properties Related schedules Start time Mode Annotation text 2013 06 26 11 2 39 00 07 00 Pending Schedule 2013 06 277112 39 00 07 00 Pending Schedule 2013 06 29112 39 00 07 00 Pending schedule Figure 291 Related Schedules Window 13 10 2 2 4 KDM s Tab e This tab will display the UUID and validity of each KDM for the concerned CPL Figure 292 CPL information Properties Assets SPL s IED Audio Mapping Settings UUID Validity urn uuid cbe2ddbb 0121 48c1 84dd e2a98a1 9e5c3 Valid for 3 year s 10 month s Figure 292 KDM s Tab IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 234 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e For more information on a specific KDM select the KDM and click on it This will take the user to the KDM Information window Properties tab e The Properties tab displays the following information about the selected KDM Figure 293 o Message ID KDM UUID o Message Type MessageType field of the KDM o Annotation Text AnnotationText field of the KDM o Ingestion Date Date on which the KDM was ingested into the server KDM Information Properties Content Validation TDL Message ID 0710889c cac 45b9 a277 Oda0638cf090 Message type http www smpte ra org 430 1 2006 KDM kdm key type Annotation text Ingestion date Unknown EEE Figure 293 Properties Tab e The Content tab contains the follow
252. ton Figure 274 The appropriate password will be needed for the password authentication window that will pop up SuperUser privileges are necessary to confirm the changes If the user is already logged in with SuperUser privileges the password confirmation window will not appear e The user will be asked to confirm the removal of the scheduled Playback Click Delete to delete the playlist 13 8 5 Playback Recovery Due to Power Failure e lf a power failure occurs during a scheduled playback then playback recovery will be possible after having powered the unit back on 13 8 5 1 How to Recover Playback e When powering the unit back on after an unexpected power failure the user will need to login again e After logging in CineLister will resume playback three minutes before the power failure occurred Note Cinelister will resume playback at the default amount of 180 seconds prior to power failure This amount will be different if the settings have been changed by the user See Section 12 15 1 for more information 13 8 5 2 Shutting Down During Playback When there is a playback in progress and the user tries to shut down the server they will be prompted to a confirmation window If they select yes the server will shut down in five seconds and playback will stop Note Playback will resume when the unit is turned back on IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 222 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 9 Ingest Manager The Ingest Manager GUI Fig
253. trol Panel Time Settings and the Date and Time tab will appear Figure 101 doremi create Quick Access Links IMS OM 002949 DRM IMS1000 2 6 4 0 admin SuperUser Screen IMS100 Serial Number 332132 Software Version User Level CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION Current Date Wednesday 13 June 2014 Current Time 17 48 44 255 360s 76 4 A Secured Clock Change time A1 D Update Timezone Europe Rome Le Update UTC Offset 120 minutes Next DST change Sun Oct 26 02 59 59 2014 CEST Figure 101 Current Date and Time Window Page 91 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 10 2 Changing the Time Zone To change the time zone follow the steps bellow e Goto Administration Control Panel Time Settings and the Date and Time tab will appear e Click on the drop down menu labeled Timezone e A list of time zones will appear Figure 102 W Screen IMS1000 qj 0 re M l Vi ki 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT create Quick Access Links Current Date Wednesday 18 June 2014 Current Time 17 54 47 Secured Clock 255 360s U pd ate Change time 4 PRT OE Update Button Timezone Europe Rome America Kentucky Monticello America Knox_IN America Kralendijk Next DST change America La_Paz America Lima UTC Offset i erica Los_Angeles America Louisvill
254. ually in the Manual tab Figure 314 then it will be temporary and will be lost once the unit is rebooted or the user logs out IMS1000 D Screen d 0 re Mn M ki 000 Software Version 2840 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Browse Projectors create Quick Access Links e This application can be used to monitor or control external devices e To control a device select a device from the Registered tab or connect to a device from the Manual tab Registered Device Name IMS Device Type integrated Media Block IP Address 192 168 100 50 Port 43751 Figure 314 Manual Tab e The following information is required to configure the device manually o Device Name It is recommended that the user use a relevant name o Device Type Click on the arrow for the list of supported devices o IP Address IP address of the device to control e Port This information is automatically populated after choosing the Device Type o IMB Port Number 43751 Note Ethernet port Eth0 is set to DHCP by default All IMS1000 boards are shipped from the factory with the following default IP address for Eth1 e IP 192 168 100 50 e SM 255 255 255 0 e GW 192 168 100 1 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 251 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 13 12 Macro Execution This allows the operator to execute a set of macros in one single click Figure 315 This feature is particularly usefu
255. ubtitle 3a34af0f 50a2 4ba2 847a 7led98db5e13 Reel 2 gt MainPicture a46f3240 c81b 4105 8969 ccaccOd5e8b1 gt MainSound 32a81a60 28ee 4187 82b4 ecf5800b1415 gt MainSubtitle 3f4c2ce3 643f 4bfe a228 c8aa085d83ed Reel 3 gt MainPicture b3b67ab9 0ed0 4a5b b5ca 5768a0e97e6e gt MainSound 6b9b1970a a6e2 49b8 a33a f523984bb0bd gt MainSubtitle fc48418e fbee 446f a6c0 273a9e8e6b84 Reel 4 es A Figure 288 CPL Information Window Assets Tab 13 10 2 2 3 SPL s Tab e The SPL s tab displays information related to all of the Show Playlists that contain the selected CPL Figure 289 e For more information on a specific SPL select the desired SPL from the Name column and click on it This will open the SPL information window Properties tab that will show all the names of the CPLs inside that SPL Figure 290 e The second tab of the SPL information window displays the related schedules Figure 291 e Click Ok to return to the CPL Properties window Figure 290 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 232 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs CPL Information Properties Assets ab BES KDM s Audio Mapping Settings Name UUID um uuid bt646348 fddf 42d2 acc 4b61e45cb47f Figure 289 SPL s Tab SPL Information Properties Related schedules Name NewSPL Duration 02 17 41 CPL Name UUID um uuid 3d9d2c67 6680 46d5 bad2 ce7Sadchdc8s um uuid cSe9b992 8983 436e 9fid c1 feds 96ed6d9 um uuid 6977 a5bi d9bd 444e 35c3 ae67 OcedSfe2 Ok But
256. urce device type Doremi Streamit Content title Doremi Streamit Device IP Figure 186 Live Manager 12 16 1 Creating a Live Event To create a live CPL allowing a live event follow the steps below e Select the live source device type from the drop down Figure 187 w Screen IMS1000 doremi IMS1000 Caen 2 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT Create Quick Access Links Live source device type Doremi Streamit Doremi Streamit Content title Mediablock HDMI Live Mediablock HD SDI Source d Type Create Figure 187 Live Source Device Type IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 163 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Enter the live CPL content title in the Content Title field Figure 188 e Enter the IP address of the external Live Event in the Device IP field Figure 188 Screen IMS1000 M S1 000 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT i create Quick Access Links Content Title Live source device type Doremi Streamit Content title Doremi Streamit Device IP 42 0 001 Device IP Figure 188 CPL Title and IP e Click the Create button to complete the live CPL creation Figure 189 The Live CPL i is now visible in the Live Manager main window Figure 189 doremi Screen IMS1000 M S1 000 Software Version 2 6
257. ure 276 can be accessed by going to Control Ingest Manager lt will only show items that can be supported by the IMS1000 Text documents pictures power point presentations etc will not appear 13 9 1 Ingest Scan The Ingest Manager Tab automatically opens the Ingest Scan tab E Screen IMS1000 5 N S 1 0 0 Software Version 2 6 4 0 Serial Number 332132 User Level admin SuperUser OVERVIEW ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING LOGOUT di Refresh Butto n create Quick Access Links Location Menu PKG s 0 PKL s 0 Figure 276 Ingest Scan Note Compositions CPLs Key Delivery Messages KDMs Doremi License Messages DLMs and Show Playlists SPLs can all be ingested through the Ingest Manager GUI 13 9 1 1 Content Types Different types of content can be displayed in the Ingest Manger GUI window e amp Reel icons represent a Composition Package which contains audio video content e g features trailers etc e E speaker and Film icons represent individual compositions within a Composition package e Y Film icons represent Show PlayLists SPLs which contain the main feature and trailers IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 223 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs o Note When the SPL is ingested the Ingest Manager GUI will show all of the components that make up the SPL D we Lock icons represent Key Delivery Messages KDMs which contain the required decryption keys allowing playback of the corresponding CP
258. used to load an automation and trigger cues playlist prior to any playback This is to avoid having to add a Fire Alarm trigger cue to each show If the user is provided a default_cues xml file copy it into the doremi etc folder 12 6 9 Startup Scripts e Copy the script to be executed automatically at boot in the following folder doremi etc rc d 12 6 10 Add a Trigger Cue to a Show Playlist For information on how to add a macro to an SPL please see Section 13 3 1 2 IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 138 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 7 Quick Controls The Quick Control feature provides you with the ability to use macros without having to browse through various menu items You will be able to execute any command with the click of a mouse The user can add multiple sections to make executing macros simple and efficient To access the Quick Controls tab go to Administration Macro Editor Quick Controls Alternatively if you are in the Macro Automation tab or Trigger Cue tab you can access the Quick Controls tab by clicking on the Quick Controls arrow on the right side of the GUI Figure 154 12 7 1 Creating Macros To create macros refer to Section 12 5 12 7 2 Setting up Quick Controls All of the macros created in the Macro Automation tab will automatically appear in the list of available macros on the left side of the GUI in the Quick Controls tab To assign a macro to a Quick Controls section e Click on New Section Thi
259. vice in case the IP address is lost or forgotten The network configuration is set temporarily until the next reboot The current IP will be back after the next reboot To update the network configuration with a USB flash drive Create a directory called doremi at the root of the USB key Create a directory called tmp inside the doremi directory Create a directory called network inside the doremi tmp directory Create a file inside the network directory and name it ifconfig 0 This will be used to configure Ethernet port 0 See For static IP enter the following information in the ifconfig 0O file replacing the items in bold with your desired settings interface ethO ip 42 0 0 1 mask 255 255 255 248 gateway 42 0 0 6 For DHCP use the following format e interface ethO e ip dhcp 5 Create a second file inside the network directory and name it ifconfig 1 This will be used to configure Ethernet port 1 For static IP enter the following information in the ifconfig 1 file replacing the items in bold with your desired settings interface eth1 ip 42 0 0 1 mask 255 255 255 248 gateway 42 0 0 6 For DHCP use the following format e interface eth e ip dhcp 6 Create a file and name it ntp optional with the following format Replace items in bold with your desired settings NTPSERVERS server1 ntp org server2 ntp org 7 Create a file and name it dn
260. video action The recommended value that matches almost all setups is 80 milliseconds IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 114 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 2 5 Interop Packages Interop audio MXF files do not contain any channel label information Therefore if a configuration is selected the routing will be executed as if the audio MXF file was created according to the ISDCF audio mapping recommendations which currently consists of Figure 125 Channel Configuration Notes in package lt ey 7 1 SDDS DS 1 L L L Left 2 R R R Right 3 ES C C Center 4 LEE LFE LFE Screen low frequency effects 5 Ls Ls Lss Left surround or left side surround 6 Rs Rs Rss Right surround or right side surround 7 HI Hearing impaired with emphasis on dialog 8 VI N Visually impaired narrative audio description 9 Lc Left center 10 Rc Right center M 8 Lrs Left rear surround as e Rrs Right rear surround 13 Seaton Dats s signal currently used by 14 Used for external sync e g FSK sync Signal sync only used for SMPTE DCP NOT INTEROP DCP 19 Unused at this time Unused at this time 16 IMS OM 002949 DRM Figure 125 ISDCF Interop Recommendations Page 115 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs 12 3 Device Manager The Device Manager is an application used to configure the connection between a unit and cinema projectors 3D systems subtitles closed captions etc It also provides for the u
261. wxrwxrwx 1 root root 12 Nov 14 14 09 dims gt doremi dims drwxrwxr x 3 ingest users 32 Nov 14 14 09 incoming Irwxrwxrwx 1 root root 12 Nov 14 14 09 kdms gt doremi kdms drwxr xr x 2 root root 4096 Nov 14 14 27 maps drwxr xr x 2 root root 6 Nov 14 14 08 playlists drwxr xr x 4 root root 36 Nov 14 14 08 repository drwxrwxrwt 2 root root 44 Nov 14 14 27 tmp 17 7 3 Solution Check that standby is properly configured and running on the system For a temporary workaround the symbolic links can be re created or the RAID can be re initialized Log onto the Terminal Administration tab Terminal and enter the admin user login name and password For a KDM link missing e mount o rw remount e rmdir data kdms e n s doremi kdms data kdms e mount o ro remount For a DLM link missing e mount o rw remount e rmdir data dims e In s doremi dims data dims e mount o ro remount For other cases re init RAID e SSH into IMS1000 e Run mount o rw remount e Run sh doremi sbin reinit_raid sh e Wait for HW RAID to complete building IMS OM 002949 DRM Page 282 of 320 Version 1 7 Doremi Labs e Reboot unit 17 8 ShowPlaylist Errors lf there is a problem with playback it can be attributed to one of five issues This section lists and describes the five solutions for playback issues 17 8 1 Playlist Will Not Load After Reboot or Power Cycle 17 8 1 1 Description The following error message will show in Ci
262. y e All Elements Incomplete Elements Live Policy Teaser Test and Trailer Note The black highlighted area Figure 299 indicates whether the content is 3D or has subtitles ST doremi Subtitle IMS1000 Serial Number 332132 OVERVIEW H Filters KC Delete search Select all ADMINISTRATION CONTROL MONITORING create Quick Access Links K_TCF_ 20100823 TDC 3B_51_2K_Di_20090707_TDC e AMAZSI T JS GB _51_2K_SPE_20110713_SCW_OV fs a L vo uv_51_2K UP_20110201_UDS DEFIANCE_TLR 1_F_EN XX_US GB EI 2K PC 20080115 DELUXE k DESPIGABLE ME_TLR 1B 2D F EN XX_US GB 51 2K UP 20090703 TDC sT Doremi Streamit Sound Channel count Picture Encoding EditRate 24 fps JPEG2000 1998x1080 Quantization Figure 299 Filter Tool 13 10 3 Decryption Keys Tab IMS1000 2 6 4 0 admin SuperUser LOGOUT Screen Software Version User Level um uuid 036057f4 1393 4b68 9466 2e684764bdb um vuid 04cbb7 da 1bab 489e 90b6 4f027ebe48c0 uuid 00ddb948 6859 4845 bac1 ba817421f710 uuid 002bd292 e2a1 4ac5 a213 04774957f1a6 uuid 01445884 24f3 46fc 9537 ed1fd8fdae76 uuid 09b9d280 3922 4646 8023 dc541e545128 wuid 82b 49a0 51 35 1b65 213e 61818757c462 e The Decryption Keys page displays the list of all encrypted CPLs on the unit and the corresponding KDMs with a description of the following information Figure 300 o Expiration date o UUID ofthe KDM o Associated CPLs Decryption Keys Tab To acce

IMS1000 Installation and User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents